PRESSTEK INC /DE/
10-K, 1997-03-31
PRINTING TRADES MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: PRESSTEK INC /DE/, NT 10-K, 1997-03-31
Next: SIERRA TRUST FUNDS, 497, 1997-03-31



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K


|X|  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 28, 1996

                                       OR

|_|  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from _______________ to
     _______________.

                                     0-17541
                              (Commission File No.)

                                 PRESSTEK, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        Delaware                                                 02-0415170
(State or other juris-                                        (I.R.S. Employer
diction of incorporation or                                  Identification No.)
     organization)

              8-9 Commercial Street, Hudson, New Hampshire 03051
           (Address of principal executive offices including zip code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (603) 595-7000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X   No ___

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. |X|

The  aggregate   market  value  of  the   registrant's   Common  Stock  held  by
non-affiliates  of the  registrant  as of February 28, 1997,  was  approximately
$640,000,000.

As of February 28, 1997, there were 15,393,996 shares of the registrant's Common
Stock outstanding.

                    Documents Incorporated by Reference: None


<PAGE>


                                     PART I

Item 1.  Business.

Set forth below is a glossary of certain terms used in this report:

A2(4-up)            a printing term  referring to a standard  paper size capable
                    of printing four 8.5" x 11" pages on a sheet of paper

A3(2-up)            a printing term referring to a standard paper size capable
                    of printing two 8.5" x 11" pages on a sheet of paper

Ablation            a controlled detachment/vaporization caused by a thermal
                    event. This process is used during the imaging of the
                    Company's PEARL(R) consumables

Bitmap              a rasterized computer file containing picture elements that
                    define whether to image or not, a map of laser sites

Color               a printing industry classification denoting prepress 
service bureaus     functions                                            
                    

Commercial          a printing industry classification denoting print providers
printers            offering general printing services                         
                    

Computer-to-plate   a general term referring to the exposure of
(direct-to-plate)   lithographic plate material from a digital database, 
                    off-press

Dampening solution  traditional  lithographic  printing  chemical bath
                    used to coat the non-image areas of a printing plate

Direct Imaging (DI) Digital Imaging systems that allow image carriers
technologies        (film and plates) to be imaged from a digital
                    database, on-and off-press

Dots per inch (dpi) a measurement of the resolving power or the
                    addressability of an imaging device

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

Effluents           waste materials that flow from photographic processing
                    equipment, which are often toxic in nature

Electrophotography  an imaging and reproduction method similar to xerography in
                    which a corona charges and attracts a toner-based material
                    to image areas and then transfers the image to paper

GTO-DI              the first generation of Direct Imaging, waterless presses
                    available in two, four and five printing station
                    configuration, a joint effort between Heidelberg and
                    Presstek

Heidelberg          Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG, the world's largest printing
                    press manufacturer, headquartered in Heidelberg, Germany

Imagesetter         a graphic arts term referring to digital exposure of an
                    image carrier, most often used when referring to film

Imposition          a graphic arts term referring to the positioning of pages on
                    a press sheet to ensure the correct order after the printed
                    sheet is folded and trimmed

Infrared            lying outside of the visible spectrum at its red-end longer
                    wavelengths; used in the Company's thermal imaging process

Ink density         a numerical reading from a densitometer (light measuring  
                    tool) used to determine the proper ink coating on
                    a printed sheet

Large format        a printing term referring to printing layouts that
                    include four or more pages on a single sheet of paper

Lithographic        printing from a single plane surface under the principle
                    that image area carries ink and the nonimage area does not,
                    and that ink and water do not mix

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

On-demand           a manufacturing philosophy when applied to printing provides
                    faster service, shorter run lengths and less inventory

PEARL(R)            the name associated with Presstek's current laser imaging
                    technologies and related products and consumables

PEARL Imaging       the Presstek components required to convert a conventional
systems             printing press into a Direct Imaging press, including laser
                    diode arrays, computers, electronics

PEARLsetter(TM)     the Company's product line of computer-to-plate, off-press
                    plate making equipment

Photosensitive      silver halide emulsions exposed by a reaction to light
                    requiring a subsequent chemical development and
                    stabilization process

Platemaking         the process of applying a printable image to a printing
                    plate

PostScript(R)       a page description programming language developed by Adobe
                    Systems, Inc., a defacto standard in the printing industry

Prepress            graphic arts operations and methodologies that occur prior
                    to the printing process; typically these include
                    photography, scanning, image assembly, exposure of image
                    carriers (film and/or plate), proofing

Quickmaster 46-4;   the second generation of Direct Imaging, waterless
Quickmaster DI      presses, highly automated with roll-fed PEARL plate
                    material, a joint effort between Heidelberg and Presstek

Semiconductor       a high-powered, infrared imaging technology employed in
laser diode         the PEARL imaging system

Separations         the division of hues into discrete images with the standard
                    method being four-color process separations of cyan,
                    magenta, yellow and black

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Short-run           a graphic arts classification used to denote an
markets/printing    emerging trend for lower print quantities

Spark Discharge     the Company's first Direct Imaging technology in
Technology          which a proprietary printing plate was
                    imaged by means of discharging an electrical spark

Subtractive primary Yellow, magenta and cyan; the hues used for
colors              process color printing inks

Thermally-based     a method of digitally exposing a material via the heat
                    generated from a laser beam

Vapor disposition   a technology to accurately, uniformly coat substrates
process             in a controlled environment

Waterless           a lithographic printing method that uses dry offset printing
                    plates and inks thus it does not require a dampening system

General

     Presstek, Inc. (the "Company" or "Presstek"), which was incorporated in the
State of Delaware in September 1987, continues to further develop and market its
proprietary,   digital  imaging  technologies  and  system  architectures,   and
non-photographic  consumables (the "Direct Imaging"  technologies)  primarily to
the graphic arts and related imaging  industries.  The Company's  current Direct
Imaging technologies, referred to as PEARL, permit the direct digital imaging of
the  Company's   printing  plates  and  films  which  eliminates  the  need  for
photosensitive  materials  and the  hazardous  waste  by-products  and effluents
usually   associated  with  these   processes.   The  Company's  system  accepts
PostScript(R)(1)  compatible  files from  digitally  based  electronic  prepress
systems  and  images  the color  separated  pages  directly  onto the  Company's
proprietary thermal imaging based consumables.

     PEARL is a high resolution,  high powered semiconductor laser diode imaging
technology  and is the result of  significant  past  development  efforts by the
Company. The Company believes that PEARL represents a technological breakthrough
for the worldwide printing and publishing industry and has several  applications
for it and its  consumables in the graphic arts industry:  a printing press (the
"Direct Imaging  Printing  Press") and a stand-alone  computer-to-plate  imaging
device (the "PEARLsetter"), both of which incorporate the Company's PEARL Direct
Imaging technologies. PEARL uses its precision, high powered semiconductor laser
diode to  ablate,  or remove the  materials  from the  surface of the  Company's
plates to produce  precisely  positioned

- ----------
(1)   PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

and formed laser dots at resolutions up to 2540 dots per inch.  When these laser
dots are combined by the Company's  proprietary  system (software,  firmware and
hardware) they form printers' dots from which high quality,  lithographic  color
print  images  are  printed.  The  graphic  arts  industry  recognizes  that the
automation and  simplification  of the color printing process resulting from the
use of these types of computer  direct-to-plate and direct-to-press devices will
provide significant reductions in the time and cost of multi-color  lithographic
printing.  Therefore,  the Company  believes the graphic arts industry will move
with  ever  increasing  speed  towards  computer-to-plate  imaging  devices  and
computer-to-press  printing  systems.  The Company also  believes that its PEARL
laser  ablation  imaging  technology's  ability to produce high quality  printed
materials,  with freedom from the  environmental  concerns  found in traditional
chemically  based imaging  methods,  represents a breakthrough  in the expanding
market for  computer-to-plate/press  products. As a result, the Company believes
its past  investments in its proprietary  PEARL Direct Imaging  technologies and
its  years of  experience  in  developing  digital  imaging  systems  (software,
firmware  and  hardware)  places the  Company in a  significant  position in the
markets it has chosen to serve.

Strategic Alliances/Proposed New Products

     The  Company  continues  to  pursue  a  strategy  based  on  alliances  and
relationships  with major  corporations in the graphic arts and other industries
encompassing    licensing,    product    development   and    commercialization,
manufacturing,  marketing,  distribution,  sales and  services.  The Company and
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG ("Heidelberg"),  the world's largest manufacturer
of printing presses and printing equipment,  based in Germany, jointly developed
the first  Heidelberg  Direct  Imaging  Printing  Press (the  "GTO-DI")  and its
successor,  the four color, fully automated  lithographic press, the Quickmaster
DI 46-4  ("Quickmaster  DI") to take full  advantage of the  Company's  improved
implementation  of its Direct Imaging  technologies.  The  Quickmaster DI press,
which was  introduced  by Heidelberg in May 1995 to replace the GTO-DI (which is
no longer being  produced),  has a smaller  "footprint" than existing four color
presses  and employs the  Company's  automatic  plate  changing  cylinder  which
eliminates the need for manually  changing  plates between jobs. This press also
contains  other features which will result in reduced costs per printed page and
contains or employs nine of the Company's patented  technologies,  some of which
have been licensed to Heidelberg.  The Company believes that the  Quickmaster-DI
will be able to compete on jobs  requiring  as few as 200 sheets per job,  while
also being able to produce runs in excess of 20,000 sheets at a cost that cannot
be equalled  by any  existing  "on  demand"  four color  printing  system.  Both
Heidelberg and the Company  believe the  Quickmaster-DI  will greatly expand the
use of the Company's Direct Imaging technologies and allow a broad cross section
of the  graphic  arts  market to  experience  the  productivity  and lower  cost
benefits of direct-to-press  digital,  high quality lithographic  printing.  The
Company also has an agreement with the Adast-Adamov  Company,  a manufacturer of
offset lithographic presses. This agreement has resulted in the use of Company's
Direct Imaging technologies on a larger format (19" x 26") multicolor press. The
Company  believes 


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     the  availability  of a larger format  Direct  Imaging press will provide a
greater number of market applications and will strengthen the Company's position
in the  direct-to-press  market.  The Company is currently  pursuing  additional
strategic  relationships and/or arrangements focused on the use of the Company's
Direct Imaging  technologies for a broader array of  applications.  In addition,
Nilpeter A/S of Denmark has announced the  introduction of an offset label press
that  utilizes  the  Company's  technology.  Moreover,  other  systems are under
development  which will use the  Company's  imaging  and plate  technology  in a
broader range of printing applications. 

Background

     The Company believes thermally based computer-to-press  imaging devices and
computer-to-plate  offline imaging systems,  free of the environmental  concerns
that are found in photo chemically based imaging systems, will eventually become
the preferred method for providing printing plates in the graphic arts industry.
The most current and widely used method for producing  color printing plates for
the full-color printing process employs computers, which output PostScript files
to a film imaging device,  known as a film recorder,  or  imagesetter.  The film
recorder  is  used  to  expose  four  pieces  of  film,   each   representing  a
corresponding  color  separation  for  yellow,  cyan,  magenta  and  black,  the
subtractive  primary  colors  used  in  combination  to  produce  process  color
printing.  Each of these  unprocessed  films  must then be  developed  utilizing
photographic chemical developing systems which generate waste effluents that are
difficult to dispose of in an  environmentally  sound manner. The four processed
films  are then  delivered  to the  printer  for  imposition,  platemaking,  and
printing.  Imposition is a costly,  time and labor intensive  process  preceding
platemaking,  in which  all of the  image  elements  required  to  maximize  the
available  imaging  area of the plate are  manually  assembled  to make the most
efficient use of the plate material.  Once the components of the press sheet are
imposed for each of the four  separations,  each is then exposed  onto  separate
plates, typically using ultra-violet light sources and vacuum frames to hold the
imposed image tightly  against the plate material  during its exposure cycle. To
produce the final  printing  plates,  the exposed  plates must then go through a
chemical  development  process  similar  to that  which is used to  develop  the
separation  films.  This process  also  produces  chemical  wastes which must be
disposed of in an environmentally sound manner at an ever increasing cost to the
printer.  The printer then brings the plates to the press,  mounts the plates on
the press, registers or precisely aligns all four plates one to another, adjusts
the ink density and settings, and then begins the actual printing process on the
press.  The complex nature of color printing  utilizing a conventional  press is
such that the quality of the printed  materials are very  dependent on the press
operators performing these highly skilled functions.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     In  response  to  perceived   market   opportunities   for  more  time  and
cost-effective color printing (an opportunity that would encompass taking better
advantage of the growing use of PostScript based digital prepress  systems;  one
that  would be less  reliant  on  operator  skills  and that  would be free from
chemical   processes  and   environmental   concerns),   the  Company  undertook
development of its proprietary Direct Imaging technologies.

     The original  implementation  of the Company's Direct Imaging  technologies
employed a complex  system of  software  and  hardware.  This  first  generation
process imaged or etched the Company's  proprietary  printing plates by means of
discharging an electrical spark (the "spark discharge" technology). In 1992, the
Company  began  shipping to  Heidelberg  spark  discharge  based Direct  Imaging
systems for integration into GTO presses.

     In response to the market's  demand for higher quality  printed  materials,
even in the  short-run  markets,  the  Company  developed  its  high  resolution
semiconductor laser diode based imaging  technology,  PEARL, which it introduced
in 1993. This second  generation  technology is based on the same concept as the
spark  discharge  technology  except  that it  employs  the  use of an  infrared
semiconductor  laser in place of the spark  discharge.  This  second  generation
PEARL  technology  completely  replaced  the  Company's  prior  spark  discharge
technology.

     The GTO-DI was reintroduced by Heidelberg with PEARL in September 1993. The
Company began shipping  initial  systems  necessary to install the PEARL Imaging
System on the GTO-DI to  Heidelberg  in  September  1993,  with full  production
commencing in February 1994. The GTO-DI has been replaced by the  Quickmaster DI
which uses the Company's third generation of its Direct Imaging technologies.

     The  Company   believes  the  radically   different  press  design  of  the
Quickmaster-DI, in concert with the Company's third generation of Direct Imaging
technologies  targeted  towards the growing short run process color print market
has been well received by the print  industry.  The  Quickmaster DI won the 1995
Intertech New Technology Award and in February 1996 two Seybold Editors' Awards.
One award was made to the Company for it PEARL Direct Imaging  technologies  and
one to Heidelberg for the Quickmaster DI. The Company also received the National
Association of Printers and Lithographers  Award for the contribution its Direct
Imaging technologies have made to the printing industry.

The Company's PEARL Direct Imaging Technology System and Consumables

     The Company's PEARL Direct Imaging  technology is part of the PEARL imaging
system for producing imaged color printing plates and nonphotosensitive films in
a simple one-step process (the "PEARL Imaging System").  The primary elements of
the PEARL Imaging System are:

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          (i) DI Server Computer - which accepts,  stores and allows for viewing
     the  bitmapped  files of the digital page and then  transmits  that data to
     implement  the  imaging  function.  The DI  Server  consists  of  either  a
     Pentium(R)(2) or a DEC Alpha(R)(3) based computer,  image capture software,
     viewing software and memory.

          (ii)  The  Imaging  Computer  -  communicates  with the DI  Server  to
     receive, store and implement the imaging function.

          (iii) Imaging heads - consist of the semi-conductor laser diodes and
drivers, lens assembly, precision carriage assembly and related systems.

          (iv)  Consumables - consist of wet and/or dry aluminum  based printing
     plates and wet and dry polyester based printing plates.

The Direct Imaging Press

     The Direct  Imaging  Printing  Press  automates or  eliminates  most of the
intermediate  processes and steps necessary for full color  printing,  including
many of the highly skilled  functions  required to prepare the press. The plates
are imaged in register directly on the press.  After the plates are wiped either
automatically or manually,  an operator can begin the printing process.  The use
of dry offset plates in the printing process  eliminates the need for a chemical
dampening  solution  and its  required  water  balancing.  Proper ink density is
automatically  pre-set by the computer.  The Company and its licensees typically
jointly  develop  and/or work  together  on the  development  of the press.  The
Company,  as more  fully  described  below,  supplies  hardware  components  and
subassemblies  and software  necessary for installation of PEARL Imaging systems
into two, four and five color presses. The advantages and features of the Direct
Imaging presses include:

     o    the  ability to accept and  buffer the  bitmapped  image data of fully
          composed pages, particularly those utilizing PostScript interpreters;

     o    imaging on-press of all two, four or five plates simultaneously;

     o    imaging of the plates  directly  on the plate  cylinders,  in register
          (i.e., the fitting of two or more printing images in precise alignment
          with each other);

     o    elimination of the need for plate development  processes,  by-products
          of which cause environmental concerns;

- ----------
(2)  Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corp.

(3)  Alpha is a registered trademark of Digital Equipment Corporation.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


     o    the imaged plates are waterless, therefore eliminating the need of the
          chemical dampening solution and its required balancing; and

     o    automatic pre-setting of the ink keys from the bitmap already resident
          in the computer.

     As a result,  process  color offset  lithographic  printing can be produced
with  fewer  complex  steps  and at a  lower  cost  than in the  case  of  other
conventional  color printing methods.  The time savings in producing  four-color
work would permit a printer to perform a greater number of printing jobs per day
more cost effectively with less waste.

     Further, by accepting the digital data directly from a prepress page layout
system,  the  user  of a  press  equipped  with  the  Company's  Direct  Imaging
technology  benefits from the efficiency and cost  advantages of electronic page
make up and,  by  extending  the use of digital  data to the  printing  process,
permits a closure of the digital loop in the production of color printing.

     The Company believes that its PEARL based Direct Imaging  computer-to-press
technology  with PEARL has been well  received  by the  industry.  By the end of
1996, the Company had shipped 330 of its PEARL Imaging systems for  Heidelberg's
Quickmaster DI presses, 115 of which were shipped in 1995.

Presstek Consumables

     The Company has and continues to develop its  proprietary,  thermally based
consumables  that are  imaged by its PEARL  semiconductor  laser  diode  imaging
technology.  As part of the PEARL laser diode development  process,  the Company
has increased the number, types and functional characteristics of its consumable
products.  These  consumables  currently  include a polyester based dry printing
plate, an aluminum based dry printing plate,  and an aluminum based wet printing
plate. There are additional consumable products in various stages of development
which may, in the future, provide new sources of consumable revenues.

     The Company has developed  and is currently  having  manufactured  by Rexam
Industries  Corp  ("Rexam"),  a custom maker of  precision  films based in North
Carolina,  both  the  polyester-based  and  aluminum-based  dry and  wet  offset
printing plates. The Company believes that wet offset plates imaged by its PEARL
Direct Imaging  technology have applications for use on the large installed base
of existing printing presses.  This population of printing presses operates with
a dampening  system which  requires  wet offset  printing  plates.  Although the
Company believes that it can complete the development and  commercialization  of
the polyester and aluminum based wet offset printing plates and other consumable
products, there can be no assurance that it can do so.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     The Company,  realizing  that sources for the  Company's  requirements  for
current and new PEARL consumables,  plates and films, would have to be found, in
February  1996  acquired 90% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock (the  "Purchased
Shares") of Catalina Coatings, Inc. ("Catalina"), an Arizona corporation engaged
in the development, manufacture, and sale of vacuum deposition coating equipment
and the  licensing  and  sublicensing  of patent  rights with respect to a vapor
deposition  process  to coat  moving  webs of  materials  at  high  speeds.  The
aggregate  consideration  paid by the  Company  pursuant  to the stock  purchase
agreement was $8,400,000,  of which $8,200,000 represented the purchase price of
the   Purchased   Shares  and  $200,000   represented   consideration   for  the
non-competition   and   confidentiality   covenants  of  two  of  the  principal
shareholders of Catalina who sold their shares to the Company.

     Catalina,  which operates as a subsidiary of the Company, is developing and
manufacturing  the equipment the Company believes it will require to manufacture
its PEARL thermal  printing  plates in a more cost  effective  manner than using
currently  available  conventional  technology.  In September  1996, the Company
began  construction  of a new  100,000  square  foot  consumables  manufacturing
facility located on a 60 acre site in Hudson, New Hampshire,  approximately four
miles from the  Company's  existing  offices.  This new building  will house the
Company's first Catalina manufactured thin film vacuum coating system along with
other  manufacturing  equipment  needed to produce all or part of the  Company's
thermal plate  consumables  products.  The Company has already  installed  plate
converting  and  finishing  equipment in its recently  leased 33,200 square foot
facilities  located in Hudson,  New  Hampshire.  Even if the  Company  commences
manufacturing of PEARL thermal printing plates,  it may still need to enter into
manufacturing  arrangements with third parties. The Company is currently engaged
in  discussions  with certain other parties  relating to entering into strategic
alliances,  arrangements or relationships with respect to the manufacture and/or
the distribution of the Company's PEARL  consumables.  There can be no assurance
that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  enter  into  any  arrangements  for  the
manufacturing  of its  consumables,  or that such  arrangements  will  result in
successful commercial products. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the
Company through  Catalina will be able to successfully  complete the development
and undertake the manufacture of the PEARL consumables.

Direct Imaging Printing Press

     In January 1991, the Company  entered into a master  agreement (the "Master
Agreement"),  a technology  license  agreement (the "Technology  License") and a
supply  agreement  (the "Supply  Agreement")  (the  foregoing  agreements  being
sometimes  collectively referred to herein as the "Heidelberg  Agreements") with
Heidelberg.  These relate to the  integration of the Direct  Imaging  technology
into various presses  manufactured by Heidelberg (the "Heidelberg  Presses") and
the manufacture of components for and the commercialization of such presses.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     Pursuant  to the  Heidelberg  Agreements,  the Company  granted  Heidelberg
certain  exclusive  rights,  for use of the Direct  Imaging  technology  for the
Quickmaster DI format size. In consideration for such rights,  Heidelberg agreed
to pay to the Company  royalties  on the net sales  prices of various  specified
types of Heidelberg Presses.

     The Heidelberg Agreements and amendments further provide for the Company to
supply Direct Imaging systems to Heidelberg at specified rates. The terms of the
Heidelberg  agreements  are for periods  ending in December  2011 in the case of
each of the Master Agreement and Technology License.  The Supply Agreement which
related  primarily  to the  GTO-DI,  which is no  longer  manufactured,  expired
December  1995.  The  Heidelberg  Agreements  also contain,  among other things,
certain early termination provisions and extension provisions.

     On  September  3,  1992,  the  Company  and  Heidelberg  signed a  contract
modification agreement that details arrangements with respect to the development
of additional products planned to be introduced in the future.

     On  April  27,  1993,  the  Company  and   Heidelberg   signed  a  contract
modification   agreement   that  details  the   arrangements   with  respect  to
Heidelberg's  licensing of the Company's PEARL Direct Imaging technology,  which
was not otherwise encompassed within the prior arrangements.

     The Company also granted  Heidelberg a forty-five  month exclusive  license
expiring in January  1997 for the  manufacture  and sale of the  Quickmaster  DI
which  uses  PEARL  technology.  After  the  initial  forty-five  month  period,
Heidelberg's rights remain exclusive subject to the Company's right to terminate
such  exclusivity on three months'  written notice to Heidelberg.  Certain other
modifications  have  been  made to  certain  exclusive  arrangements  under  the
previous  agreements  between  Heidelberg  and the Company  which  provide for a
non-exclusive license for the balance of the term of the original agreement.

     In  November  1995,  the  Company  and  Heidelberg  agreed  (the  "November
Agreement") to certain other arrangements  whereby the Company was provided with
incremental engineering revenue,  certain price increases,  and modifications of
the Quickmaster DI royalty  billing and payment terms by Heidelberg.  The Master
Agreement was also modified by the November Agreement to provide Heidelberg with
a fixed royalty rate on the  Quickmaster DI. These  arrangements  were made as a
result of a schedule  change  requested by Heidelberg in November 1995 to reduce
the number of PEARL imaging systems being manufactured by the Company each month
for Heidelberg from the amount then being produced.  The production schedule for
Quickmaster  DI imaging  systems was  subsequently  increased by  Heidelberg  in
September  1996,  requiring the Company to produce three systems per day (60 per
month)  commencing in April 1997.  In March 1997,  the  production  schedule was
further increased, requiring the Company to manufacture four systems per day (80
per month)  commencing  in  September  1997,  and in March 1997 the  Company and
Heidelberg  agreed  to a fixed  royalty  rate for the  Direct  Imaging  systems,
subject to Heidelberg maintaining an exclusive license on the Quickmaster DI.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

The PEARL Platesetter

     The PEARL Platesetter, now referred to as the PEARLsetter, is an additional
application of the Company's  PEARL Direct Imaging  technology and  consumables.
The  PEARLsetter is a  computer-to-plate  imaging device that can image both the
Company's  wet and dry offset  plates in both an A3 (2-up) and A2 (4-up)  format
size.

     The PEARLsetter  directly  accepts a PostScript file from a prepress system
and utilizing its high powered semiconductor laser diodes,  produces a precisely
shaped and located laser dot. The imaged plates  require no further  processing,
other than  wiping the ablated  debris from the imaging  process off the plates,
and  accordingly,  do not create  chemical  waste which must be disposed of. The
plates can then be immediately mounted and registered on the press.

     The  Company  has  entered  into  distribution  agreements  with the Pitman
Company in the United States,  KNP-BT in certain European countries,  Heidelberg
Australia  in  Australia  and New  Zealand,  and EAC (East  Asiatic  Company) in
certain  Asian and  Scandinavian  countries.  The Company has also  entered into
distribution agreements covering Switzerland, Israel, Germany, and Greece. These
agreements  provide for the  distribution of the Company's  PEARLsetter  product
line and its PEARL based  consumables.  The Company  has also  entered  into OEM
relationships  with Sakurai  Machinery Company for the resale of its PEARLsetter
product  under  private  label by this  company.  The Company is also  currently
engaged in  additional  discussions  with  certain  other  parties  relating  to
entering into strategic  alliances and OEM  arrangements or  relationships  with
respect to the  PEARLsetter  product  line and its PEARL based  consumables.  In
addition,    the   Company   has   continued    independent    development   and
commercialization of one or more PEARLsetter products. There can be no assurance
that the Company  will be able to enter into any  additional  arrangements  with
respect  to,  or that any such  arrangements  will  result  in,  the  successful
commercialization of additional PEARLsetter products. Additionally, there can be
no assurance  that the Company  will have the  resources or otherwise be able to
successfully   complete   development  and  undertake  the  manufacture  of,  or
successfully commercialize, additional PEARLsetter products.

Manufacturing, Marketing Component Procurement

     The Company engages in certain manufacturing,  as described below, and also
is engaged in the  distribution and sales of PEARL based offset printing plates,
which  are  manufactured  exclusively  for the  Company  by  third  parties.  In
addition,  the Company  engages in certain  marketing  activities  which include
informing the industry of the Company's  products and  capabilities;  contacting
potential   strategic  partners;   establishing   relationships  with  potential
resellers  including both OEM partners and dealers;  establishing  liaisons with
companies  which  manufacture  and/or market  products which may incorporate the
Company's PEARL Direct Imaging  technology,  or jointly develop new applications
of the  Company's  intellectual  property  portfolio.  The Company also provides
Heidelberg and its other licensees and distribution  partners with marketing and
sales support.



                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     The Company's agreements provide,  among other things, for it to supply its
PEARL Imaging Systems for integration into certain printing presses. In November
1994,  the Company  commenced  manufacturing  operations in a 36,000 square foot
facility located in Hudson, New Hampshire, adjacent to its existing facility. In
June 1996, the Company leased an additional 33,200 square foot facility at 18-20
Hampshire Drive in Hudson, New Hampshire. This building now houses the Company's
consumables  development  group and plate  converting  and finishing  equipment.
These  additional  facilities were required based on both existing and projected
development  and  manufacturing  requirements  for PEARL  Imaging  Systems.  The
Company  believes  that it has the available  resources  and personnel  with the
knowledge  and  experience  to further  increase its  manufacturing  capacity to
satisfy any future product demand.

     The Company obtains  certain  components and supplies used in production of
PEARL Imaging Systems from a number of suppliers.  Although the Company believes
that there are available  various  sources for necessary  components,  parts and
disposable  items  (including  printing  plates and inks) for both the Company's
manufacturing  activities  and to support the market for products  incorporating
the Company's PEARL Direct Imaging technology, sources for certain of such items
are  limited  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that   procurement  or  supply
arrangements will be available on satisfactory terms; any inability to establish
satisfactory  manufacturing or procurement or supply arrangements or significant
delays in  establishing  such  arrangements  could have an adverse effect on the
Company  and/or  cause  delays in the  Company's  ability  to  deliver  products
incorporating its PEARL Direct Imaging technology.

     The PEARL laser diode system includes semiconductor laser diodes.  Although
the  Company  currently  uses only one source for the laser  diode  devices,  it
believes that there will be several  sources  available to manufacture the laser
diodes to the Company's specification, if required, in the future. Additionally,
the Company has "in-house",  limited laser diode  development and  manufacturing
capabilities.  The Company would still require the  surmounted  "diode chips," a
component  of the laser  diode,  to be  supplied by a third  party.  The Company
believes  that  several  sources  are  available  to supply this  component,  if
required.  The  Company's  laser  diode  manufacturing   capabilities  currently
function  principally  for  research  and  development,  quality  assurance  and
manufacturing  engineering.  However, the Company believes that, if required, it
could expand these facilities in the future as a primary or secondary source.

     The Company has developed and continues to develop proprietary  consumables
that are imaged by its PEARL  semiconductor  laser diode  imaging  technology as
well as other  thermally  based  direct-to  plate systems.  As part of the PEARL
laser diode development process the Company has increased the number,  types and
functional  


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

characteristics of the consumable products it has under development or which are
currently being  manufactured.  These consumables  currently include a polyester
based dry printing plate, an aluminum based dry printing plate,  and an aluminum
based wet printing plate.  There are additional  consumable  products in various
stages  of  development  which  may,  in the  future,  provide  new  sources  of
consumable  revenues.  The Company's PEARL offset printing plates, both aluminum
and polyester  based are being  supplied by Rexam.  The Company,  realizing that
sources for the Company's  requirements  for current and new PEARL  consumables,
plates and films,  would have to be found,  acquired  Catalina in February 1996.
The Company  anticipates  that  Catalina,  which operates as a subsidiary of the
Company,  will  successfully  complete the  development  and  manufacture of the
equipment the Company  believes it will require to manufacture its Pearl thermal
printing plates and films (which are currently manufactured by third parties) in
a more  cost  effective  manner  than  using  currently  available  conventional
technology.  However, even if the Company commences manufacture of PEARL thermal
printing  plates and  consummables,  additional  sources  to satisfy  all of the
Company's  requirements  for current and new  consumables,  printing  plates and
films, may have to be found.  Therefore,  the Company is actively pursuing these
additional  sources at this time.  However,  there can be no assurance  that the
Company will be able to enter into any arrangements for the volume manufacturing
of its  consumables,  or that any such  arrangement  will  result in  successful
commercial  products.  Additionally,  there can be no assurance that the Company
through  Catalina  will be able to  successfully  complete the  development  and
undertake the manufacture of the PEARL consumables.

     The Company currently  anticipates that the PEARLsetter will continue to be
marketed through  traditional  graphic arts distribution sales channels and will
be positioned as an alternative to existing imagesetter or platesetter products.

     Market acceptance for any products  incorporating the Company's  technology
will require substantial  marketing efforts and expenditure of significant sums,
either by the Company, its strategic partners or both. There can be no assurance
that any existing  products will continue to achieve  market  acceptance or that
any new product that may be  introduced  will achieve  market  acceptance  or be
commercially viable.

Development Program

     During the fiscal years ended  December 31,  1994,  December 30, 1995,  and
December 28, 1996, the Company expended $5,123,000,  $6,155,000, and $8,894,000,
respectively,  on engineering and product development.  The Company is currently
concentrating its development  efforts on refining and improving the performance
of its current and future  technologies,  and  proprietary  printing  plates and
anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  do  so,  both  independently  and  in
conjunction with strategic  partners.  The Company is also engaged in continuing
development  efforts with respect to its PEARLsetter  product line. There can be
no  assurance  that the  Company,  in  conjunction  with a strategic  partner or
independently,   will  successfully  


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

complete development of any additional marketable products, or that technical or
other  problems  will not occur in  connection  with the  Company's  development
program, products or technology.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

     As of February  28,  1997,  the  Company  has been  issued  fifty (50) U.S.
patents,  of which the Company has elected to maintain  forty-one (41) in force.
The Company has also been issued six (6)  Canadian  patents,  five (5)  European
patents registered in the following nine countries  (Austria,  Belgium,  France,
Germany,  Great Britain,  Italy, the Netherlands,  Sweden and Switzerland),  and
three (3) Great  Britain  patents,  two (2)  German  patents,  one (1)  Japanese
patent,  and five (5) Australian  patents,  and has received notice of allowance
for an  additional  fifteen  (15)  patents,  eight (8) in the  U.S.,  two (2) in
Australia, one (1) in Canada, and five (5) European patents. The Company intends
to register these  additional  European  patents in one or more of the following
countries:   Austria,  Belgium,  France,  Germany,  Great  Britain,  Italy,  the
Netherlands, Switzerland and Sweden. The Company has applied for and is pursuing
its  applications  for twenty (20) additional  U.S.  patents and sixty-nine (69)
foreign patents (consisting of 25 Japan, 17 Canada, 12 Europe, 9 Australia,  and
2 in each of Belgium,  France,  and Italy. The Company  anticipates that it will
apply for additional patents and for copyrights, as deemed appropriate. Catalina
has one (1) U.S. patent issued and one (1) U.S.  patent  pending.  Catalina also
has seventeen (17) foreign applications pending. There can be no assurance as to
the  issuance of any such patents or the breadth or degree of  protection  which
the  Company's  patents or  copyrights  may afford the  Company.  There is rapid
technological  development  in the computer and image  reproduction  industries,
resulting  in  extensive  patent  filings  and a rapid rate of  issuance  of new
patents.   Although  the  Company   believes  that  its   technology   has  been
independently  developed and that the products it markets and proposes to market
will not infringe the patents or violate other proprietary  rights of others, it
is possible that such infringement of existing or future patents or violation of
proprietary  rights may occur.  In such event the  Company  may be  required  to
modify  its  design or obtain a  license.  No  assurance  can be given  that the
Company  will be able to do so in a timely  manner,  upon  acceptable  terms and
conditions,  or at all.  The  failure  to do any of the  foregoing  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.  Furthermore,  there can be no assurance
that the  Company  will  have the  financial  or other  resources  necessary  to
successfully  defend a  patent  infringement  or  proprietary  rights  violation
action.  Moreover, the Company may be unable, for financial or other reasons, to
enforce its rights under any of its patents.

     The Company  also  intends to rely on  proprietary  know-how  and to employ
various methods to protect the source codes,  concepts,  ideas and documentation
of its proprietary software, which methods may include copyrights. However, such
methods may not afford  complete  protection  and there can be no assurance that
others will not  independently  develop  such  know-how or obtain  access to the
Company's  know-how  or  software  codes,  concepts,  ideas  and  documentation.
Furthermore,  although  the  Company  has and  expects  to have  confidentiality
agreements with its employees and appropriate vendors, there can be no assurance

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

that such arrangements will adequately protect the Company's trade secrets.

Competition

     The Company believes that its developed and proprietary  technologies,  its
alliance with Heidelberg,  the world's largest printing press manufacturer,  and
other press manufacturing  companies;  the application of its imaging technology
to a broader  array of uses its  relationships  with graphic  arts  distribution
organizations and its established  presence in the Direct Imaging market provide
the Company with a competitive advantage.

     The Company is aware of several companies employing  electrophotography  as
their  imaging   technology.   Electrophotography,   sometimes  referred  to  as
xerography,  is a technology which historically has been used primarily in black
and white copiers, and more recently in color copying.  Canon Inc. was the first
company  to  successfully  employ  electrophotography  in a  full  color  copier
product, the CLC 500.

     Indigo N.V., a company with  research and  development,  and  manufacturing
operations in Israel,  introduced  their digital,  sheet-fed offset color press,
the  E-Print   1000  in   September   1993.   The  E-Print   1000   utilizes  an
electrophotographic  imaging technology,  with a liquid toner, and prints at 800
dots  per  inch.  Xeikon,   N.V.  of  Belgium  also  introduced  their  digital,
web-(roll)fed color printing product, the Xeikon DCP-1 in September 1993, and an
improved model,  the DCP-2,  in late 1996.  Versions of these products which are
being marketed by Agfa Gevaert,  N.V. ("Agfa") as the Chromopress,  also utilize
an electrophotographic  imaging technology with a dry toner and print a variable
dot density of 600 dots per inch.

     Canon  and  Xerox  Corp.  are  two  major  corporations  along  with  other
traditional copier  manufacturers which have also developed and introduced color
electrophotographic copier products that could impact the very short-run digital
color printing  markets.  Canon has at least two color copier  products which it
claims provide improved print quality even at their resolution limitation of 400
dots per inch. They also claim faster speeds. Xerox also has color copiers which
it is  currently  marketing.  Scitex  Corp.  has also  introduced  its  Spontane
xerographic  based color imaging  system which uses a  xerographic  color copier
engine supplied by Fuji Xerox.

     The  Company is also aware that there is a direction  in the  graphic  arts
industry to create stand-alone  computer-to-plate  imaging devices.  The Company
anticipates  that most of the major  corporations  in the graphic arts  industry
have or are  considering a  computer-to-plate  imaging  device.  To date,  these
devices,  for the most part, utilize printing plates that require a post imaging
photochemical  developing  step,  and in some  cases,  also  require  a  heating
process. This is, nonetheless, an important step in the printing industry, as it
eliminates the use of films.  Potential  competitors in this area would include,
among others,  Creo Products,  Gerber  Scientific Inc.,  Misomex,  Optronics,  a
Division of Intergraph  Corporation,  Komori,  Krause,  Scitex Corporation Ltd.,
Linotype-Hell, Dainippon Screen, Agfa, Polaroid Corp. and Fuji Photo Film

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

Co. Ltd. The  Company's  stand-alone  computer-to-plate  imagesetter  is, in the
Company's  opinion,   a  further   technological   advancement.   The  Company's
computer-to-plate  imagesetter  eliminates  not  only  the  films,  but also the
post-imaging  photochemical  developing steps. The Company believes that some of
the graphic arts companies  mentioned  above are likely to be working on similar
plate  imaging  processes  that  would  also  eliminate  the  production  of the
hazardous materials associated with the photochemical developing process. Others
of this group have expressed  interest in (and are, in fact) using the Company's
thermally based consumable plate products in their systems.

     The Company also anticipates  competition from printing plate manufacturing
companies that either manufacture,  or have the potential to manufacture digital
plates.  Such companies include Agfa,  Polychrome Corp., a Division of Dainippon
Ink & Chemicals,  Inc., Toray, Howson, a Division of Dupont,  Horsell/Anitec,  a
Division of International Paper, Kodak, Polaroid Corp.,  Mitsubishi,  Fuji Photo
Film Co., Ltd. and Imation Corp.

     Products  incorporating  Direct Imaging  technology can also be expected to
face  competition  from  conventional  presses and products  utilizing  existing
platemaking  technology,  as well as presses and other  products  utilizing  new
technologies.  Leading press manufacturers  include Heidelberg,  Komori Printing
Machinery Co., Ltd.,  Mitsubishi,  and MAN Roland,  and, in the single color and
two color press market,  Ryobi Limited,  Hamada and AB Dick. Companies marketing
conventional imagesetter equipment include Agfa, Linotype-Hell, ECRM, Optronics,
Crosfield and Scitex  Corporation Ltd. Other  companies,  which may include such
major  corporations  as  International  Business  Machines  Corporation,   Xerox
Corporation,  Polaroid Corp.,  Canon and Kodak, are considered by the Company to
have the  type of  electronic  and  image  reproduction  expertise  which  could
encourage them to attempt to develop and market competitive products.

     Most of the companies marketing  competitive products or with the potential
to do so are well established,  have  substantially  greater financial and other
resources than the Company and have established records in the development, sale
and service of products. There can be no assurance that the Company, any Company
product or any products  incorporating the Company's  technology will be able to
compete successfully in the future.

Backlog

     As of March 27, 1997,  the Company had a backlog of products under contract
aggregating  approximately  $56,297,000  (including  royalties  payable  to  the
Company)  compared  to a  backlog  of  $16,822,000  as  of  February  29,  1996,
(including  royalties payable to the Company).  Substantially all of the backlog
of products under contract as of March 7, 1997, is expected to be shipped by the
Company in 1997.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

Employees

     As of February 28,  1997,  the Company had one hundred  eighty-three  (183)
employees,  seventy-seven  (77) of whom are engaged  primarily  in  engineering,
service  and  marketing;  eighty-five  (85) of whom  are  engaged  primarily  in
manufacturing,  manufacturing  engineering and quality  control;  and twenty-one
(21) of whom are engaged primarily in corporate  management,  administration and
finance. The Company considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

Item 2.  Properties.

     The  Company  leases  approximately  24,000  square  feet of space  for its
research  and  development  facilities  at  8  Commercial  Street,  Hudson,  New
Hampshire.  The lease of these premises, which expires in March 1998, subject to
two one-year  renewal options,  provides for rent of $9,500 per month,  adjusted
annually,  plus a pro rata share of real  estate  taxes,  utilities  and certain
other  expenses.  The Company also leases  approximately  36,000  square feet to
accommodate  its  manufacturing  and  administrative  facilities at 9 Commercial
Street, Hudson, New Hampshire.  The lease, as amended,  specifies a base monthly
rent of $12,400,  adjusted annually, plus a pro rata share of real estate taxes,
utilities,  and certain other expenses. The lease expires on September 30, 2000,
subject to an option to renew for an  additional  three years and the  Company's
right of first refusal to purchase the property.

     In 1996, the Company entered into a lease for  approximately  33,200 square
feet of space at 18-20  Hampshire  Drive,  Hudson,  New  Hampshire  to allow for
expansion of its consumables  development group and its current plate converting
and finishing equipment capabilities. The lease of these premises, which expires
in May 1999,  subject to two one-year renewal options,  provides for rent at the
rate of $9,683  per  month,  adjusted  annually,  plus a pro rata  share of real
estate taxes, utilities, and certain other expenses.

     Catalina also leases four suites totaling  approximately 10,500 square feet
of space at 2555 North Coyote Drive in Tucson,  Arizona which  provides for rent
of $5,400  per  month.  The leases  expire in May 1997,  at which time  Catalina
becomes a tenant-at-will subject to monthly renewals.

     In June  1996,  Catalina  acquired  a 13  acre  parcel  of land in  Tucson,
Arizona. Construction of a new 60,000 square foot manufacturing facility on this
parcel began in September and is currently expected to be completed in May 1997.
This new building will house all of Catalina's operations and includes space for
future expansion.

     In  August  1996,  the  Company  purchased  a 60 acre site in  Hudson,  New
Hampshire.  The first phase of construction for the Company's future  facilities
commenced in September.  This first phase will include construction of a 100,000
square  foot  consumables  manufacturing  operation  that  will  house the first
Catalina 


                                      -19-
<PAGE>

Coating system  designed and developed  exclusively  for the  manufacture of the
Company's  PEARL based thermal  plates.  The Company  believes that its existing
facilities  and its  facilities  under  construction  will be  adequate  for its
current operations and future capacity increases.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

     On October 15, 1996, the Company was notified that an arbitration  panel of
the  International  Chamber  of  Commerce  issued  its Award in the  arbitration
proceeding commenced against the Company by AGFA Gevaert,  N.V. ("Agfa") in June
1995. The Award directs Agfa to transfer to the Company  Agfa's U.S.  Patent No.
5,378,580  including  its  underlying  applications,  return to the  Company all
copies of confidential  information  that the Company  provided to Agfa, and pay
the Company's legal expenses in the arbitration in the amount of $769,140.  Agfa
has  complied  with the  financial  terms of the Award and has  assigned  to the
Company the foregoing patent and underlying applications. Agfa has also returned
to the Company the  confidential  documents  which Agfa asserts  contitutes full
compliance with its obligation to return such material as required by the Award.
The arbitrators  rejected the request for  affirmative  relief sought by Agfa in
the arbitration.

     The Company has been advised that the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission")  has entered a formal  order of private  investigation  with
respect to activities by certain unnamed persons and entities in connection with
the securities of the Company.  The Company has been advised by its counsel that
the  investigation  includes,  among  other  things,  trading  in the  Company's
securities  as well as the  adequacy  and  accuracy  of  statements  made by the
Company and others.  In that  connection,  the Company and some of its officers,
directors and employees have received  subpoenas duces tecum  requesting them to
produce certain  documents and testify,  and have complied with those subpoenae.
The Company has not been advised by the Staff of the  Commission  that the Staff
intends to recommend to the Commission that it initiate a proceeding against the
Company in connection with the foregoing investigation.

     As previously disclosed, seven class action lawsuits were filed against the
Company and others in either the United States  District  Court for the District
of New Hampshire or the Southern  District of New York. By court orders,  all of
such actions have been  consolidated  before the United States  District  Court,
District  of New  Hampshire,  under the common  caption  Bill  Berke,  et al. v.
Presstek,  Inc., et al.  Following such  consolidation,  the plaintiffs  jointly
filed  and  served a  Consolidated 




                                      -20-

<PAGE>

Amended Class Action Complaint naming as defendants (i) the Company; (ii) Robert
Howard,  Lawrence  Howard,  Bert  DePamphilis  and  Harold  N.  Sparks,  who are
directors of the Company,  Richard A. Williams,  and Robert E. Verrando, who are
officers and directors of the Company,  and Frank G.  Pensavecchia  and Glenn J.
DiBenedetto who are officers of the Company (sometimes hereinafter  collectively
referred to as the  "Officer  and Director  Defendants");  (iii) Cabot  Heritage
Corp., Cabot Market Letter,  Carlton G. Lutts,  Timothy Lutts,  Robert Lutts and
Cabot Money Management  (sometimes  hereinafter  collectively referred to as the
"Cabot Defendants");(iv)  Donald Chapman, Everen Securities,  Inc., Mack Walker,
John T. Oxley,  John C. Oxley and Thomas E. Oxley as  co-executors of the estate
of John T. Oxley ("Oxley"), the Oxley Estate and the Oxley Foundation (sometimes
hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the  "Individual  Investor  and Broker
Defendants");  and (v) BDO Seidman, LLP ("Seidman"),  the Company's  independent
auditors.  The  plaintiffs  allege that the Company and the Officer and Director
Defendants,  the Cabot Defendants, the Individual Investor and Broker Defendants
and Seidman  violated Section 10(b) ("Sect.  10(b)") of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  (the  "Exchange  Act") and Rule 10b-5 ("Rule  10b-5")  promulgated
thereunder,  (ii) the Officer and Director  Defendants,  Timothy Lutts,  Carlton
Lutts,  Robert Lutts, Everen Securities and Oxley violated Section 20(a) ("Sect.
20(a)") of the  Exchange  Act,  (iii) the  Company,  the  Officer  and  Director
Defendants,  the Cabot  Defendants  and Seidman  committed  common law negligent
misrepresentation,  (iv) all defendants  committed common law fraud and violated
the New Hampshire  Blue Sky Laws.  The alleged basis for the action  against the
Company and/or the Officer and Director Defendants includes, among other things,
the  Company's  allegedly  issuing  false and  misleading  reports or failure to
disclose  material facts  including a misstatement  of earnings in the Company's
financial  statements  for the years ending  December 31, 1994, and December 30,
1995,  and for the  first  quarter  ending  March 30,  1996,  as a result of the
allegedly improper application of certain accounting  principles relating to the
tax benefits received upon exercise of certain stock options  previously granted
by the Company,  the alleged  failure to disclose to the public certain  alleged
adverse  information  concerning  the  Company's  patents  and  its  proprietary
technology  as  well  as  patent  and  confidentiality  issues  involved  in the
Company's  arbitration  with Agfa,  the alleged  failure to fully  disclose  the
nature and extent of the  investigation  into trading in the  securities  of the
Company being conducted by the Commission (the "SEC Investigation"), and alleged
material misstatements of the Company's backlog of orders from, supply contracts
with, and orders  received by its principal  customer.  The Officer and Director
Defendants are alleged to have sold the Company's  common stock at  artificially
increased prices after allegedly causing an artificial inflation in the price of
the Company's common stock and helping maintain such increase while they were in
possession of material non-public  information concerning the Company. The basis
for the plaintiffs'  allegations  against the Cabot Defendants  includes,  among
other things,  the allegation  that the Cabot  Defendants  were in possession of
material nonpublic information concerning the Company, that certain of the Cabot
Defendants  issued false reports about the Company and its prospects in order to
artificially  inflate the market price of the Company's  common stock to benefit
themselves  financially,  while, at the same time,  other Cabot  Defendants were
privately


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

recommending to clients to sell stock of the Company,  that certain of the Cabot
Defendants  failed  to  timely  file  required  disclosure  documents  with  the
Commission regarding their ownership of the Company's common stock, and that the
Cabot  Defendants  together with the Individual  Investor and Broker  Defendants
engaged in an illegal plan and scheme to manipulate and artificially inflate the
price of Presstek  common  stock.  The Investor and Broker  Defendants  are also
alleged to have  manipulated  the price of the Company's  common stock by, among
other things,  withdrawing  common stock from availability to short sellers such
that the  short  sellers  would be caught  in a "short  squeeze".  The basis for
plaintiffs'  allegations  against Seidman is, among other things, the allegation
that  Seidman  gave false and  misleading  advice to the Company  regarding  the
application  of  certain  accounting  principles  relating  to the tax  benefits
received  upon  exercise  of certain  stock  options  previously  granted by the
Company.  The plaintiffs seek  unspecified  compensatory  and punitive  damages,
attorney and expert fees and other costs and expenses incurred by the plaintiffs
in connection with the action.

     On July 16, 1996,  Richard Strauss commenced a derivative suit on behalf of
the  Company  in the Court of  Chancery  of the State of  Delaware,  New  Castle
County,  against  Robert  Howard,  Lawrence  Howard,  Richard  Williams,  Robert
Verrando,  Bert  DePamphilis and Harold Sparks.  The plaintiff  alleges that the
defendants  breached the fiduciary  duties they each owed to the Company and its
other  shareholders  and wasted  corporate assets by making false and misleading
statements of fact or concealing  material facts concerning the viability of the
Company's "key" patent and its proprietary interest in its PEARL technology, its
failure  to  properly  disclose  the  scope  of the SEC  Investigation,  and its
misstatement  of its financial  results for the first quarter of 1996,  and that
they used this information for their personal use by selling common stock of the
Company at artificially  inflated prices.  The plaintiff also alleges that these
actions by the  defendants  resulted in  breaches of Sect.  10(b) and Rule 10b-5
which resulted in other lawsuits being commenced  against the Company which will
require  the  Company to expend  resources  to defend.  The  plaintiff  seeks to
recover against the defendants,  on behalf of the Company,  unspecified  damages
allegedly  sustained  by the  Company  as a results of the  defendants'  alleged
breaches of  fiduciary  duty,  a return to the Company of all  salaries  and the
value of other  remuneration  paid to the  defendants by the Company  during the
time they were in breach of their  fiduciary  duties,  and  accounting of and/or
constructive  trust on the proceeds of  defendants'  trading  activities  in the
Company's common stock and recovery of costs and disbursements of the action.

     On March 14, 1997,  James P. Cassidy  commenced a derivative suit on behalf
of the  Company in the United  States  District  Court for the  District  of New
Hampshire,  against Robert Howard,  Lawrence Howard,  Richard  Williams,  Robert
Verrando,  Bert  DePamphilis,  Harold Sparks and Seidman.  The plaintiff alleges
that the individual  defendants  breached the fiduciary duties they each owed to
the Company and its other  shareholders  and wasted  corporate  assets by making
false and misleading  statements of fact or concealing material facts concerning
the scope and  viability  of the  Company's  "key"  patents and its  proprietary
interest  in  PEARL(R)  technology,  causing  the  Company  to issue  false  and
misleading   reports  or  failure  to  disclose   material  facts   including  a
misstatement  of earnings in the  Company's  financial  statements  for the year
ending  December 30, 1995,  and for the first quarter  ending March 30,1996 as a
result of the allegedly improper  application of certain  accounting  principles
relating to the tax benefits  received  upon  exercise of certain  stock options
previously granted by the Company,  and that they sold securities of the Company
while they were in possession of material non-public  information concerning the
Company.  The  plaintiff  also  alleges  that these  actions  by the  individual
defendants constituted violations of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 which resulted
in other lawsuits being commenced  against the Company to which will require the
Company to expend resources to defend, and also constituted gross negligence and
branches  of these  defendants'  contractual  obligations  to the  Company.  The
plaintiff also alleges that Seidman  negligently  permitted the Company to issue
financial  statements  for 1995 and the first quarter of 1996 that were prepared
in violation of recognized accounting procedures. The plaintiff seeks to recover
against the defendants, on behalf of the Company,  unspecified damages allegedly
sustained by the Company as a result of the defendants' actions as alleged,  and
recovery  of costs,  disbursements,  and fees of  attorneys  and  experts by the
plaintiff.

     The Company  intends to  vigorously  defend all of the  foregoing  actions.
However,  the  outcome  of  any  litigation  is  subject  to  uncertainty  and a
successful  claim against the Company,  in any of the foregoing  actions,  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     Not Applicable.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

     The Company's Common Stock has traded in the over-the-counter market on the
NASDAQ  National  Market System under the symbol PRST since July 18, 1990,  and,
prior thereto, from May 11, 1990, to July 17, 1990, traded on the NASDAQ System.
Prior thereto,  from the Company's  initial public  offering until May 11, 1990,
the principal redemption date of the Warrants, the Company's Units, Common Stock
and Warrants were traded on the NASDAQ System.  The following  table sets forth,
for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of the Company's Common
Stock as reported by NASDAQ and  retroactively  adjusted for the Company's  five
for four stock split effected in the form a 25% stock dividend paid in September
1994 and the  Company's  two for one stock split  effected in the form of a 100%
stock divided paid in May 1995.


Year Ended                            High                     Low
December 30, 1995                     ----                     ----
- -----------------
First Quarter                      $ 37 1/8                   $21 1/2
Second Quarter                       62 1/2                    23 1/2
Third Quarter                        63                        49 1/2
Fourth Quarter                      100                        38 1/2

Year Ended
December 28, 1996
- -----------------
First Quarter                      $127 1/4                   $76
Second Quarter                      200                        40
Third Quarter                        75 1/2                    44 3/4
Fourth Quarter                       95                        68 1/4

     As of February 28, 1997, there were  approximately  1,395 holders of record
of the Company's Common Stock.

Dividend Policy

     To date,  the Company has not paid any cash  dividends on its Common Stock.
The payment of cash dividends, if any, in the future is within the discretion of
the Company's  Board of Directors  and will depend upon the Company's  earnings,
its capital requirements and financial condition and other relevant factors. The
Board of  Directors  does not  intend  to  declare  any  cash  dividends  in the
foreseeable future, but 


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

instead  intends  to  retain  all  earnings,  if any,  for use in the  Company's
business operations.


                                      -24-
<PAGE>


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

     The following  selected financial data of the Company has been derived from
the financial  statements of the Company appearing  elsewhere herein (except for
the  statement of  operations  data for the years ended  December 31, 1992,  and
1993,  and the balance sheet data at December 31, 1992,  1993, and 1994 which is
not included in such financial statements).  All references to average number of
shares  outstanding  and per  share  data have been  restated  retroactively  to
reflect the 1994 five-for-four and the 1995 two-for-one stock splits effected in
the form of stock  dividends.  The 1996 data  includes  the accounts of Catalina
Coatings,  Inc.,  which was acquired as a subsidiary of the Company during 1996.
See Note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Year Ended
                                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Statements of                                       DEC 31           DEC 31            DEC 31            DEC 30            DEC 28
Income:                                             1992              1993              1994              1995              1996
                                                    ----             -----              -----            -----              ----
<S>                                            <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>         
Revenues                                       $ 12,558,434      $ 11,682,154      $ 16,517,858      $ 27,611,456      $ 48,627,569
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
Costs and Expenses:
  Costs of products sold                          1,762,688           754,700         6,944,268        14,923,968        21,825,697
  Engineering and product
    development                                   4,695,370         5,647,562         5,123,439         6,155,421         8,894,420
  Marketing                                       1,268,311         1,147,926         1,225,756         1,727,301         2,587,490
  General and administrative                      1,459,911         1,535,289         1,603,729         2,050,075         4,739,951
  Nonrecurring charge                                  --           1,948,878              --                --                --
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
    Total costs and expense                       9,186,280        11,034,355        14,897,192        24,856,765        38,047,558
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
Other Income (Expense):
  Dividend and interest income                      359,361           412,025           407,977           327,213           786,095
  Other                                              34,844              --                 166            (2,276)         (244,817)
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
    Other income - net                              394,205           412,025           408,143           324,937           541,278
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
Income Before Income Taxes                        3,766,359         1,059,824         2,028,809         3,079,628        11,121,289
Provision for Income Taxes                         (160,000)         (100,000)         (186,600)         (220,000)       (4,000,000)
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
Net Income                                     $  3,606,359      $    959,824      $  1,842,209      $  2,859,628      $  7,121,289
                                               ============      ============      ============      ============      ============
Net Income per Common
  and Common Equivalent Share                  $        .25      $        .07      $        .12      $        .18      $        .43
                                               ============      ============      ============      ============      ============
Weighted Average Number of
Common  and Common
Equivalent Shares                                14,216,666        14,222,574        14,865,344        15,855,076        16,581,254
                                               ============      ============      ============      ============      ============

</TABLE>

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      As of
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                DEC 31              DEC 31           DEC 31              DEC 30            DEC 28
Balance Sheet Data:                              1992                1993             1994                1995              1996
                                                 ----                ----             ----                ----              ----
<S>                                          <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>        
Working Capital                              $ 7,647,449        $ 9,916,103        $ 7,675,713        $16,836,997        $29,383,351
Total Assets                                  13,230,844         13,802,718         18,324,030         26,668,618         68,823,096
Short-Term Debt                                     --                 --                 --                 --                 --
Long-Term Debt                                      --                 --                 --                 --                 --
Stockholders' Equity                          10,627,896         12,145,410         16,472,920         22,726,436         57,442,522
Cash Dividends                                      --                 --                 --                 --                 --
</TABLE>


                                      -26-
<PAGE>



Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations.

"Safe Harbor"  Statement under the Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of
1995:

     The statements  which are not historical facts contained in this Item 7 and
elsewhere in this Form 10-K are forward looking statements that involve a number
of  risks  and  uncertainties,  including,  but not  limited  to,  the  risks of
uncertainty  of  patent  protection,  the  impact of  supply  and  manufacturing
constraints or  difficulties,  possible  technological  obsolescence,  increased
competition, litigation, and other risks detailed in the Securities and Exchange
Commission filings of the Company.

Results of Operations

     The Company was organized as a Delaware  corporation  on September 3, 1987,
and  was  a  development   stage  company   through  1991.  In  September  1991,
Heidelberger  Druckmaschinen A.G.  ("Heidelberg"),  the world's largest printing
press  manufacturer  introduced  the  Company's  initial spark  discharge  based
imaging  technology,  in a jointly developed product,  the Heidelberg GTO-DI. In
1993, after investing  substantial  effort and resources,  the Company completed
the development of PEARL,  its high resolution  semiconductor  laser diode based
imaging  technology for the printing and graphic arts industries.  PEARL's laser
diode technology is capable of imaging various types of Presstek printing plates
either  off-press  or on-press  which may then be used to produce  high-quality,
full-color  lithographic  printed  materials  at what the Company  believes is a
lower  cost  than  competitive  processes.  This  second  generation  technology
replaced the Company's spark discharge  technology.  The GTO-DI was reintroduced
with PEARL in September  1993. The Company's  relationship  with  Heidelberg has
been  expanded to include the  development  and  manufacture  of Direct  Imaging
systems utilized in Heidelberg's four color, fully automated lithographic press,
the Quickmaster DI 46-4. This press was introduced by Heidelberg in May 1995, to
replace the GTO-DI,  which is no longer  manufactured.  Shipments of  production
systems to Heidelberg for use in the Quickmaster commenced in the second quarter
of 1995.  This press  incorporates  certain  improvements to the Company's PEARL
Direct Imaging  technologies and employs the Company's  automatic plate changing
cylinder which  eliminates the need for manually  changing  plates between jobs.
The Company is now building an installed  base of customers  which  utilizes its
proprietary consumable printing plates on PEARL equipped Heidelberg presses.

     The Company is also engaged in the  development of additional  products and
applications  that  incorporate  the  use of its  proprietary  technologies  and
consumables,    including   both    computer-to-plate    and   computer-to-press
applications.  Some of these additional activities have resulted in an agreement
with the Adast Adamov Company, a manufacturer of sheet fed offset presses.  This
agreement has resulted in the


                                      -27-
<PAGE>

availability of the Company's PEARL Direct Imaging technology on a larger format
Omni-Adast (19" x 26") multicolor  press,  the first showing of which took place
at an industry  trade show during the first  quarter of 1996.  Shipments  of the
Omni Adast Direct Imaging systems began in December 1996. Also, during the first
quarter of 1996,  the Company  began  shipments  of its PEARL  platesetter,  now
referred to as the PEARLsetter.  The PEARLsetter is a computer-to-plate  imaging
device  that  images  both the  Company's  wet and dry  offset  plates.  Another
agreement  entered  into  with  Nilpeter  A/S  of  Denmark  will  result  in the
utilization of the PEARL technology on a high-speed  rotary label printing press
called the OFFSET  3300.  Presstek  will  supply a special  PEARL-based  digital
imaging system which will image Presstek's  thermal plates directly on the press
plate cylinder.

     On February 15, 1996, the Company  acquired 90% of the  outstanding  Common
Stock  (the  "Purchased   Shares")  of  Catalina  Coatings,   Inc.,  an  Arizona
corporation  ("Catalina").  Catalina is engaged in the development,  manufacture
and  sale  of  vacuum  deposition   coating  equipment  and  the  licensing  and
sublicensing of patent rights with respect to a vapor deposition process to coat
moving webs of material at high speeds.  The Company has  continued the business
of Catalina which operates as a subsidiary of the Company.  The Purchased Shares
were  acquired  from  the  selling  shareholders  pursuant  to a Stock  Purchase
Agreement (the "Stock Purchase  Agreement") dated and effective as of January 1,
1996.  The  aggregate  consideration  paid by the Company  pursuant to the Stock
Purchase Agreement was $8,400,000,  of which $8,200,000 represented the purchase
price of the Purchased  Shares and $200,000  represented  consideration  for the
non-competition and confidentiality covenants of the selling shareholders.

     Simultaneous with the closing of the acquisition,  the Company entered into
a Put and Call Option  Agreement  (the "Option  Agreement")  which  provides the
Company with the right,  at any time after  February  15,  2000,  to acquire the
remaining  10% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock of Catalina  for an  aggregate
consideration  of  $2,000,000.  The Option  Agreement  also provides the selling
shareholders  and another employee of Catalina with the right, at any time after
August 15, 2000,  to cause the Company to purchase the  remaining  shares for an
aggregate  consideration  of $1,000,000.  The Option Agreement will terminate if
Catalina  consummates  an initial  public  offering of its  securities  prior to
February 15, 2000.

     The  Company  granted the selling  shareholders  and the other  employee of
Catalina  five-year  non-qualified  options to purchase an  aggregate of 100,000
shares of the Company's  Common Stock at an exercise  price of $89.50 per share,
and Catalina  granted to the same individuals an option to purchase an aggregate
5% of the issued and  outstanding  Common  Stock of Catalina in the event that a
registration statement relating to an initial public offering of Catalina Common
Stock is declared effective by February 15, 2000.

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

     The  acquisition  was  accounted for as a purchase  and,  accordingly,  the
results of  Catalina's  operations  have been  included  in the  Company's  1996
financial  statements.  Significant  intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated.

     On June 19, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors determined to change its
fiscal year from a calendar  year ending  December 31 to a fiscal year ending on
the Saturday closest to December 31. Accordingly,  the 1996 fiscal year ended on
December  28,  1996,  and the fiscal  years 1995 and 1994 ended on December  30,
1995, and December 31, 1994, respectively.

Revenues

     Revenues  for the years ended  December 28,  1996,  December 30, 1995,  and
December 31, 1994,  of  $48,628,000  ( of which  $1,950,000  related to sales by
Catalina),  $27,611,000,  and  $16,518,000,  respectively,  consisted of product
sales,  royalties,  fees  and  other  reimbursements.  Product  sales  for  1996
increased  $13,540,000  over 1995,  primarily as a result of volume increases in
sales by the Company of products to be used in the  Quickmaster DI 46-4, as well
as sales of the  PEARLsetter,  consumable  printing  plates,  and  spare  parts.
Royalties  and fees from  licensees  increased  $7,475,000  in 1996  over  1995,
primarily as a result of increases in royalties of $946,000,  of which  $802,000
was earned on product  sales to  Heidelberg,  and  increases  of  $6,529,000  in
engineering  fees and other revenues which are based primarily on amounts agreed
upon between the Company and  Heidelberg.  Revenues for the year ended  December
30, 1995,  totaled  $27,611,000,  an increase of  $11,093,000  (67%) compared to
$16,518,000  recorded for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  Product  sales for
1995 increased $10,567,000 over 1994, principally as a result of increased sales
volume  of the  Company's  PEARL  on-press  direct  imaging  technology  used in
Heidelberg's  GTO-DI and  Quickmaster DI 46-4, and consumable  printing  plates.
Revenues from royalties and fees for the year ended December 30, 1995, increased
$527,000,  compared  to 1994,  as a  result  of an  increase  of  $3,595,000  in
royalties  earned on product sales and a decrease of  $3,068,000 in  engineering
fees and other revenues  which are based  primarily on amounts  annually  agreed
upon between the Company and Heidelberg.  During 1996,  revenues generated under
the  Company's   agreements   with   Heidelberg  and  revenues  to  Heidelberg's
distributors represented 73% of the Company's total revenues. Prior to 1996, the
Company relied on Heidelberg to generate substantially all of its revenues.

Cost of Products Sold

     Costs of products sold for the years ended December 28, 1996,  December 30,
1995, and December 31, 1994, of  approximately  $21,826,000 (of which $1,416,000
related to Catalina),  $14,924,000, and $6,944,000,  respectively,  consisted of
the material,  labor,  and overhead costs associated with product sales, as well
as anticipated  future  warranty costs.  The increases in such costs,  comparing
1996 with 1995,  and 1995 with 1994,  relate  primarily  to increases in related


                                      -29-
<PAGE>

product  sales.  Improvement  in the  percentage  relationship  between costs of
products sold and product  sales,  comparing 1996 with 1995,  results  primarily
from product mix and manufacturing efficiencies.

Engineering and Product Development

     Engineering  and product  development  expenses for the year ended December
28, 1996, totaled $8,894,000  compared to $6,155,000 for the year ended December
30, 1995. The increase of $2,739,000  (45%) resulted  principally from increased
expenditures for parts, supplies,  labor, and contracted services related to the
Company's continued development of products  incorporating its PEARL technology,
as well as other product  development  efforts including the Company's  PEARLwet
and PEARLdry plates.

     Engineering and product  development  expenses were $6,155,000 for the year
ended  December 30, 1995, as compared to $5,123,000  for the year ended December
31, 1994. The increase in such expenses of $1,032,000 (20%) resulted principally
from  increased  expenditures  for  parts,  supplies  and labor  related  to the
Company's  PEARL  technology  as well as other product  development  efforts and
matters relating to the Company's technologies.

Marketing

     Marketing   expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  28,  1996,   totaled
$2,587,000,  compared to  $1,727,000  for the year ended  December 30, 1995,  an
increase  of  $860,000  (50%).   Marketing  expenses  increased  $501,000  (41%)
comparing  1995 with 1994.  These  increases  related  principally  to increased
expenditures  for  additional  personnel  and  related  costs as well as various
promotional activities.

General and Administrative

     General and  administrative  expenses for the year ended December 28, 1996,
totaled  $4,740,000  (of  which  $588,000  related  to  Catalina),  compared  to
$2,050,000  for the year ended  December  30, 1995.  The increase of  $2,690,000
(131%)  related  primarily  to the  addition in 1996 of  Catalina's  general and
administrative  expenses in addition to the  amortization  of goodwill and other
assets  acquired in the  acquisition of Catalina of $416,000 and to increases in
legal fees incurred in connection  with certain legal  proceedings,  regulatory,
and other matters of $1,055,000  and  expenditures  for salaries and other costs
required to conduct various general and administrative functions of the Company.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

     General and administrative  expenses for 1995 increased $446,000 (28%) over
the  $1,604,000  recorded for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  The  increased
expenses in 1995 related principally to increased  expenditures for salaries and
other costs required to conduct various general and administrative functions for
the Company.

Dividend and Interest Income

     Dividend and interest  income earned on the Company's cash and  investments
increased  $459,000 for the year ended  December 28, 1996,  compared to the year
ended  December  30,  1995,  principally  as a  result  of the  increased  funds
available for investment.

Income Taxes

     The  provision  for income  taxes for the year  ended  December  28,  1996,
represents  substantially  the charge in lieu of income taxes arising during the
periods relating to the tax benefit of stock option deductions.  The tax benefit
related to such stock options has been credited to stockholders' equity.

     The provision for income taxes for the years ended  December 30, 1995,  and
December  31,  1994,  represents  substantially  charges in lieu of state income
taxes  arising  during the periods  relating to the tax benefit of stock  option
deductions.  No charges for federal  income taxes were required for 1995 or 1994
due  to the  availability  of  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for
accounting purposes.

Net Income

     As a result of the foregoing,  the Company had net income of $7,121,000 for
the year ended  December  28,  1996,  compared to net income of  $2,860,000  and
$1,842,000  for the years ended  December  30,  1995,  and  December  31,  1994,
respectively.  The operations of Catalina did not have a material  effect on net
income for the year ended December 28, 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     At December 28, 1996, the Company had working  capital of  $29,383,000,  an
increase  of  $12,546,000  as  compared  to working  capital of  $16,837,000  at
December 30, 1995.  This increase was primarily  attributed to the proceeds from
the issuances of Common Stock of $23,759,000,  and net income from operations of
$7,121,000,  plus non-cash  items,  including the tax benefit arising from stock
option deductions of $3,876,000, offset by the Company's investment in Catalina,
net of cash  acquired,  of  $7,456,000  and  additions  to  property,  plant and
equipment of $16,390,000.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

     Net cash provided by operating  activities of $4,231,000 for the year ended
December  28,  1996,  resulted  primarily  from net income  from  operations  of
$7,121,000  plus noncash  items,  including  the tax benefit  arising from stock
option  deductions of $3,876,000 and an increase in accounts payable and accrued
expenses of $5,613,000, offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventory
of $9,470,000 and $5,036,000.

     Net cash used for investing  activities of  $28,087,000  for the year ended
December 28, 1996, resulted primarily from the Company's investment in Catalina,
net of cash acquired,  of $7,456,000,  purchases of marketable securities net of
maturities of $3,456,000, and additions to property, plant and equipment used in
the Company's business of $16,390,000.

     Net cash provided by financing  activities  during the year ended  December
28, 1996,  totaled  $23,759,000,  which  included the private  placements  of an
aggregate of 282,846 shares of the Company's  Common Stock for gross proceeds of
$20,209,000,  net of costs of $33,500,  and the sale of Common Stock incident to
the exercise of various stock options.

     The Company is currently  constructing two new facilities;  a 60,000 square
foot  facility  in Tucson,  Arizona  for  Catalina,  and a 100,000  square  foot
manufacturing  facility  in Hudson,  New  Hampshire.  The  Hudson  manufacturing
facility  is expected  to  accommodate  the  Company's  new plate  manufacturing
operations,  which will utilize a new vacuum deposition coating system currently
being developed and built for the Company by Catalina,  along with the necessary
plate finishing and packaging  equipment.  The Company  estimates that the total
capital cost of these projects,  including land purchases,  to be  approximately
$30,000,000.

     During the year ended December 28, 1996, the Company expended approximately
$2,427,000  for the land  purchases and  approximately  $3,875,000  for the land
improvements  and  construction  of the two new  facilities.  As of December 28,
1996,  the  Company  had  outstanding   purchase  commitments  of  approximately
$7,280,000 with respect to the new facilities. In addition, the Company expended
approximately   $7,809,000  for  the  new  plate   manufacturing  and  packaging
equipment.  As of  December  28,  1996,  the Company  had  outstanding  purchase
commitments of approximately  $8,448,000 with respect to the plate manufacturing
and packaging equipment.

     On December 18, 1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement with Citizens
Bank New Hampshire  for a revolving  line of credit loan under which the Company
may borrow a maximum of $10,000,000 for working capital requirements and general
corporate purposes. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of the Company's
assets and are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiary,  Catalina Coatings,  Inc.
and secured by its assets.  Under the terms of the revolving  credit  agreement,
the Company is required to meet certain  financial  covenants on a quarterly and
annual  


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

     basis.  Interest  on the line of credit is  payable  at the LIBOR rate plus
1.75% (7.34% at December 28, 1996).  The loan  agreement  terminates on July 31,
1997,  at which  date,  the entire  principal  and  accrued  interest is due and
payable.  As of December 28, 1996, the Company had  $10,000,000  available under
the line.

     The Company is currently  exploring  various long term funding options with
respect to  financing  the cost of its new  facilities  and plate  manufacturing
equipment.  Also, in order to fund  increased  production of Quickmaster DI Kits
during 1997, the Company will require  additional working capital if its current
line of credit loan  agreement is not renewed or replaced upon its expiration in
July 1997, or if the Company is unable to obtain long-term financing for its new
facilities.  These can be no  assurance  that the  Company  can obtain long term
financing, or that the current line of credit loan agreement will be renewed.

     During 1996 the Company  received certain payments for engineering fees and
other revenue from Heidelberg based upon a previously negotiated amount. No such
amount has yet been negotiated for 1997.

     In  connection  with the  award  issued  by the  International  Chamber  of
Commerce  in the  arbitration  between  Presstek  and  Agfa-Gevaert  N.V.,  Agfa
reimbursed  Presstek's  legal  expenses  in the  arbitration  in the  amount  of
$769,140.  These funds were recorded as an offset to general and  administrative
expenses and are not included in revenues or other income. 

Effect of Inflation

     Inflation has not had, and is not expected to have, a material  impact upon
the Company's operations.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

     As of December 28, 1996, the Company had net operating  loss  carryforwards
totaling approximately  $28,550,000 resulting from compensation deductions,  for
tax purposes, relative to stock option plans. To the extent net operating losses
resulting from stock option plan compensation deductions become realizable,  the
benefit will be credited  directly to additional paid in capital.  The amount of
the net operating loss carryforwards  which may be utilized in any future period
may be subject to certain  limitations,  based upon changes in the  ownership of
the Company's Common Stock.


                                      -33-
<PAGE>

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)
(in thousands except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED
1995                                                    MAR 31              JUL 1            SEP 30          DEC 30
                                                        ------              -----            ------          ------
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>               <C>             <C>    
Total revenues                                          $5,084             $5,503            $7,629          $9,395
Total costs & expenses                                   4,972              5,435             6,740           7,709
Net income                                                 160                177               872           1,650
Net income per share                                     $0.01              $0.01              $.05           $0.10
Weighted average number of common and common
equivalent shares                                       15,533             15,934            16,067          16,122

QUARTER ENDED
1996                                                    MAR 30             JUN 29            SEP 28          DEC 28
                                                        ------             ------            ------          ------
Total revenues                                         $11,005            $11,880           $12,366         $13,377
Total costs & expenses                                   9,141              9,070             9,680          10,157
Net income                                               1,289              1,647             1,831           2,354
Net income per share                                     $0.08              $0.10             $0.11           $0.14
Weighted average number of common and common
equivalent shares                                       16,501             16,706            16,459          16,567
</TABLE>

The audited financial statements appear in a separate section of this report
following Part IV.

Item 9.   Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on Accounting and
          Financial Disclosure.

     The  information  required by this item has previously been reported in the
Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K for the event dated December 28, 1995 and
Amendment No. 1 thereto,  and its Current Report on Form 8-K for the event dated
January 11, 1996.


                                      -34-
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

     The current directors and executive  officers of the Company and their ages
and positions are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Name                      Age                         Position
         ----                      ---                         --------
<S>                                <C>               <C>
Robert Howard                      73                Chairman of the Board and Director

Dr. Lawrence Howard                44                Director

Richard A. Williams                62                Chief Executive Officer, Secretary, Vice-Chairman of the Board and Director

Robert E. Verrando                 63                President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Frank G. Pensavecchia              62                Senior Vice President - Engineering

Glenn J. DiBenedetto               47                Chief Financial Officer

Harold N. Sparks(1)                75                Director

Bert DePamphilis(1)                64                Director

John W. Dreyer                     59                Director
</TABLE>

(1)  Member of the Company's Audit Committee and 1991 and 1994 Stock Option Plan
     Committees.

     Robert Howard, a founder of the Company,  has been Chairman since June 1988
and a  director  since  September  1987.  Mr.  Howard  served as  President  and
Treasurer of the Company from October 1987 until June 1988.  Mr.  Howard was the
founder of Howtek,  Inc.  ("Howtek"),  a  publicly-held  company  engaged in the
manufacture of electronic prepress equipment,  and has served as Chairman of the
Board of Howtek since August 1984.  Mr Howard  served as the President of Howtek
from August 1984 through  November 1987 and as its Chief Executive  Officer from
August 1984 to December 1993.  Mr. Howard,  the inventor of the first impact dot
matrix  printer,  was  the  founder  of  Centronics  Data  Computer  Corporation
("Centronics"),  a manufacturer


                                      -35-
<PAGE>

of printers. From 1969 to April 1980, he served as President and Chairman of the
Board of Directors of  Centronics,  and he resigned  from  Centronics'  Board of
Directors  in 1983.  From April  1980 until  1983,  Mr.  Howard was  principally
engaged in the management of his personal investments. Mr. Howard devotes only a
limited portion of his business time to consulting  with  management  concerning
the Company's  affairs.  In February  1994, Mr. Howard entered into a settlement
agreement  in the form of a consent  decree  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") in connection with the Commission's  investigation
covering  trading in the Common Stock of Howtek by an acquaintance of Mr. Howard
and a business associate of such acquaintance.  Mr. Howard, without admitting or
denying the Commission's  allegations of securities laws  violations,  agreed to
pay a fine and to the entry of a permanent  injunction against future violations
of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     Dr. Lawrence Howard,  a founder of the Company,  has been a director of the
Company  since  November  1987 and served as Vice  Chairman of the Company  from
November  1992 to  February  1996.  He served  as Chief  Executive  Officer  and
Treasurer of the Company from June 1988 to June 1993;  served as President  from
June 1988 to November  1992;  and was Vice  President  from October 1987 to June
1988.  From March 1997 to the present,  Dr. Howard has been a general partner of
Hudson Ventures,  LP., a limited partnership that has prepared an application to
qualify as a small business  investment  company.  From July 1995 to March 1997,
Dr. Howard was President of Howard Capital Partners, Inc., an investment banking
firm.  From July 1994 to July 1995 Dr.  Howard was Senior  Managing  Director of
Whale Securities Co. L.P., an NASD registered  broker-dealer.  From October 1992
through June 1994 Dr.  Howard was President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of LH
Resources,  Inc., a management  and financial  consulting  firm. Dr. Howard is a
director of Resurgence Properties, Inc., a public company engaged in investments
in and management of real estate. Dr. Howard is the son of Robert Howard.

     Richard A. Williams has been Chief Executive  Officer and  Vice-Chairman of
the Board of the Company  since  February  1996.  He has been  Secretary  of the
Company since June 1988 and a director of the Company since November 1987.  From
June 1988 to February 1996, Mr.  Williams served as Executive Vice President and
Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company.  From November 1987 to June 1988,  Mr.
Williams  served as Vice  President of the  Company.  From June 1985 to February
1987, Mr. Williams served as Vice President of Engineering for Centronics, where
he  was  responsible  for  line  matrix,  and  laser  printer   development  and
introduction.

     Robert E. Verrando has been  President and Chief  Operating  Officer of the
Company since  February 1996, and a director of the Company since November 1994.
From October 1994 to February 1996, he served as Executive Vice President of the
Company.  From July  1993 to  October  1994,  Mr.  Verrando  was  employed  as a
consultant to the graphic arts industry. From October 1986 through July 1993, he
was   employed  in  a  variety  of   executive   positions   with   Compugraphic
Corporation/Agfa 


                                      -36-
<PAGE>

Compugraphic/Agfa Division, Miles, Inc; most recently as Vice President, General
Manager Business Imaging Systems Group.  From April 1981 through September 1986,
he was employed as Vice President-Business Development of A.B. Dick Company.

     Frank G.  Pensavecchia  has served as Senior  Vice  President  -Engineering
since  October 1991 and was the  Company's  Vice  President -  Engineering  from
August 1988 to October 1991.  From  September  1987 to August 1988, he served as
the Company's Director of Engineering.  From October 1983 to September 1987, Mr.
Pensavecchia served as Director of Laser Printer Engineering for Centronics.

     Glenn J.  DiBenedetto has served as Chief Financial  Officer since November
1990.  Mr.  DiBenedetto  has been a  principal  with the firm of  DiBenedetto  &
Company, P.A., certified public accountants,  since July 1989. From 1984 to July
1989,  Mr.  DiBenedetto  was a principal  with the firm of Newton & DiBenedetto,
P.A., certified public accountants.  Under his arrangement with the Company, Mr.
DiBenedetto  engages in other  activities and is not required to devote his full
business time to the affairs of the Company.

     Harold N.  Sparks has been a director  since  February  1989.  From 1971 to
September  1995,  Mr. Sparks was the President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of
Fashion  Neckwear Co., Inc., a manufacturer  of men's  neckties.  Mr. Sparks has
served as a consultant to Fashion Neckwear Co., Inc. since September 1995.

     Bert  DePamphilis has been a director since June 1990. Mr.  DePamphilis has
been an independent consultant to the graphic arts industry since May 1995. From
September  1994  through  April 1995 he was a  consultant  to  Applied  Graphics
Technology  ("AGT"),  the world's largest prepress service.  Mr. DePamphilis was
the founder,  and from 1976 through August 1994, a principal of PDR Royal, Inc.,
a color prepress service for advertising agencies and Fortune 100 companies that
ceased  independent  operations  when it became a division  of AGT in  September
1994.

     John Dreyer has been a director  since  February  1996. Mr. Dreyer has been
employed by Pitman  Company,  the largest graphic arts and image supplier in the
United States,  since 1965. He has served as Pitman's  President  since 1977 and
has also served as its Chief Executive Officer since 1978.

     Directors are elected  annually by the  stockholders.  Officers are elected
annually by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

     The following table discloses the compensation for the person who served as
the Company's  principal executive officer during the fiscal year ended December
28,  1996,  and for the only  other  executive  officers  of the  Company  whose
salaries 


                                      -37-
<PAGE>

exceeded  $100,000 for the Company's  fiscal year ended December 28, 1996,  (the
"Named Executive  Officers").  The number of securities  underlying  options has
been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the Company's  five-for-four  Common
Stock split in the form of a 25% stock dividend effected in September 1994 and a
two-for-one split in the form of a 100% stock dividend effected in May 1995.

                           Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Long-Term
                                                           Annual       Compensation
                                                        Compensation       Awards
                                                        ------------    -----------
                                                                         Securities
   Name and Principal                                      Salary       Underlying
        Position                              Year           ($)        Options (#)
- ------------------------                      ----      ------------    -----------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>            <C>
Richard A. Williams                           1996        153,000         20,000
Chief Executive Officer                       1995        134,000           --
                                              1994        125,000         40,000

Robert E. Verrando                            1996        179,000         20,000
President and                                 1995        179,000           --
Chief Operating Officer                       1994         28,000        100,000

Frank G. Pensavecchia                         1996        137,000         20,000
Senior Vice President-                        1995        114,000           --
Engineering                                   1994        105,000         40,000
</TABLE>

     No stock options were granted during fiscal 1995 to any of the Named
Executive Officers.


                                      -38-
<PAGE>


     The following table provides  information  with respect to individual stock
options granted during fiscal 1996 to each of the Named Executive Officers.

                        Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

                                Individual Grants
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Potential Realizable
                                             % of                                      Value at Assumed
                                            Total                                      Annual Rates of
                                           Options                                       Stock Price
                               Shares     Granted to                                   Appreciation for
                             Underlying   Employees    Exercise                        Option Term (1)
                              Options     in Fiscal      Price     Expiration      ----------------------
         Name                Granted (#)   Year (2)     ($/sh)        Date          5%($)          10%($)
         ----                -----------   --------     ------        ----         ------          ------
<S>                          <C>               <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>     
Robert E. Verrando           20,000 (3)        6.4       $71.00     12/2/01       $392,320       $866,924
Richard A. Williams          20,000 (3)        6.4       $71.00     12/2/01       $392,320       $866,924
Frank G. Pensavecchia        20,000 (3)        6.4       $71.00     12/2/01       $392,320       $866,924
</TABLE>

- ----------------------

(1)  The potential  realizable value columns of the table illustrate values that
     might be realized upon exercise of the options  immediately  prior to their
     expiration,   assuming  the  Company's  Common  Stock  appreciates  at  the
     compounded  rates specified over the term of the options.  These numbers do
     not  take  into  account   provisions  of  certain  options  providing  for
     termination   of  the  option   following   termination  of  employment  or
     nontransferability  of the options and do not make any  provision for taxes
     associated  with  exercise.  Because  actual gains will depend upon,  among
     other  things,  future  performance  of the Common  Stock,  there can be no
     assurance that the amounts reflected in this table will be achieved.

(2)  The  percentage  has been  calculated  based upon total options  granted to
     employees in fiscal 1996 under the  Company's  1988,  1991,  and 1994 stock
     option plans.

(3)  Non-qualified stock options;  all options were granted under the 1994 Stock
     Option Plan and became exercisable on the date of grant, December 2, 1996.


                                      -39-
<PAGE>


     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  the  value  of
unexercised  stock options held by the Named  Executive  Officers as of December
28, 1996, and the options  exercised by the Named Executive  Officers during the
fiscal year ended December 28, 1996.

       Aggregated Option Exercises for Fiscal Year-Ended December 28, 1996
                        and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of Securities Underlying                 Value of Unexercised
                                                                Unexercised Options                       In-the-Money Options
                                                                at December 28 1996                      at December 28, 1996*
                         Shares                                 -------------------                      ---------------------
                        Acquired  
                           on            Value
         Name           Exercise       Realized+          Exercisable       Unexercisable       Exercisable        Unexercisable
         ----           --------       ---------          -----------       -------------       -----------        -------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>                   <C>                 <C>             <C>                <C>       
Richard A. Williams      50,000       $3,700,526            122,500             12,500          $6,651,750         $  724,375
Robert E. Verrando       10,000       $  966,563             55,000             55,000          $1,940,000         $2,970,000
Frank G. Pensavecchia    17,500       $1,701,094             92,500             12,500          $4,667,750         $  724,375
</TABLE>
- ----------
+    Value realized represents the positive spread between the exercise price of
     such options and the market value of the Common Stock on date of exercise.

*    Year-end values for unexercised in-the-money options represent the positive
     spread between the exercise  price of such options and the year-end  market
     value of the Common Stock which was $73.50 on December 27, 1996.

Compensation of Directors

     Directors received no cash compensation for serving on the Board during the
year ended  December 28, 1996.  However,  during such year, the Company paid Mr.
Robert  Howard,  the  Chairman of the Board,  $125,000 for  consulting  services
rendered to the Company. In addition, in December 1996, Mr. Howard was granted a
five-year  option  under the  Company's  1994 Plan  (defined  below) to purchase
20,000 shares of Common Stock at $71.00 per share.

     Effective  December 1993,  the Company  adopted its  Non-Employee  Director
Stock Option Plan (the  "Director  Plan").  Only  non-employee  directors of the
Company  (other  than Robert  Howard or Dr.  Lawrence  Howard)  are  eligible to
receive grants under the Director Plan. The Director Plan provides that eligible
directors  automatically  receive a grant of options to purchase 5,000 shares of
Common  Stock  at  fair  market  value  upon  first  becoming  a  director  and,
thereafter,  an annual grant,  in January of each year, of 2,500 options at fair
market  value.  In 1996,  Messrs.  DePamphilis  and Sparks  received  options to
purchase 2,500 shares each of Common Stock under the Director Plan.

     Since  joining  the Board in  February  1996,  in addition to the grants of
five-year  options to  purchase  7,500  shares of Common  Stock that he received
pursuant to the Director  Plan,  Mr. Dreyer has been granted under the 1994 Plan
options  to  purchase  5,000,   2,500,   and  10,000  shares  of  Common  Stock,
respectively, at exercise prices of $94.75, $99.25, and $70.25, respectively.

     Under each of the  Company's  1988 Stock  Option Plan ("1988  Plan"),  1991
Stock Option ("1991 Plan") and 1994 Stock Option Plan ("1994  Plan"),  directors
who are not  employees of the Company  (other than  directors who


                                      -40-
<PAGE>

are members of the Stock Option  Committee of the particular  plan) are eligible
to be granted  nonqualified  options under such plan.  The Board of Directors or
the Stock Option  Committee (the  "Committee") of each plan, as the case may be,
has  discretion to determine the number of shares  subject to each  nonqualified
option (subject to the number of shares available for grant under the particular
plan), the exercise price thereof  (provided such price is not less than the par
value of the underlying  shares of Common  Stock),  the term thereof (but not in
excess of 10 years from the date of grant,  subject to  earlier  termination  in
certain  circumstances),  and the manner in which the option becomes exercisable
(amounts,  intervals and other  conditions).  Directors who are employees of the
Company (but not members of the Committee of the  particular  plan) are eligible
to be granted incentive stock options or nonqualified  options under such plans.
The Board or Committee of each plan, as the case may be, also has  discretion to
determine the number of shares subject to each incentive  stock option  ("ISO"),
the exercise price and other terms and conditions thereof,  but their discretion
as to the exercise  price,  the term of each ISO and the number of ISOs that may
vest may be in any year is  limited by the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended.  As of  February  25,  1997,  there were 4,382  shares of Common  Stock
available for grant under the 1988 Plan,  6,016 shares of Common Stock available
for grant under the 1991 Plan, 224,976 shares available for grant under the 1994
Plan and 85,000  shares of Common Stock  available  for grant under the Director
Plan.

Employment Arrangements

     The Company has an employment agreement with Mr. Richard A. Williams, which
provides  for an  annual  salary  which is  subject  to  periodic  review by the
Company's  Board of Directors.  The  employment  agreement  expires on March 31,
1998, and contains certain  non-disclosure  provisions.  Effective January 1997,
the Board increased Mr. Williams' annual salary to $175,000.

Compensation  Committee  Interlocks and Insider  Participation  in  Compensation
Decisions

     The  Company  does  not  have a  Compensation  Committee  of its  Board  of
Directors.  Decisions  as to  compensation  are made by the  Company's  Board of
Directors.  Mr.  Richard  A.  Williams,  and Mr.  Robert E.  Verrando,  in their
capacity  as  a  director,   each  participated  in  the  Board's  deliberations
concerning  compensation  of executive  officers for the  Company's  fiscal year
ended December 28, 1996. During the fiscal year ended December 28, 1996, none of
the  executive  officers of the Company has served on the Board of  Directors or
the compensation committee of any other entity, any of whose officers has served
on the Board of Directors of the Company.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain
         Beneficial Owners and Management.

     The following table sets forth  information at February 28, 1997,  based on
information  obtained  from  the  persons  named  below,  with  respect  to  the
beneficial  ownership  of shares of Common Stock by (i) each person known by the
Company  to be the  owner of more  than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock, (ii) each director,  (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers, and (iv)
all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.


                                         Amount and Nature          Percentage
     Name of                               of Beneficial          of Outstanding
Beneficial Owner (1)                       Ownership (2)           Shares Owned
- --------------------                     -----------------        -------------
Robert Howard                                 1,370,724(3)                8.7
Dr. Lawrence Howard                           1,354,326(4)                8.7
Richard A. Williams                             331,400(5)                2.1
Robert E. Verrando                               55,000(6)                 (7)
Harold N. Sparks                                 47,900(8)                 (7)
Bert DePamphilis                                 16,050(9)                 (7)
Frank Pensavecchia                              105,000(10)                (7)
John W. Dreyer                                   22,500(11)                (7)
John C. Oxley                                   997,300(12) (13)          6.5
Thomas E. Oxley                                 806,700(12) (14)          5.2
Charles C. Killin                               813,200(12) (15)          5.3
                                                           
All executive officers                                     
and directors as a                                         
group (nine persons)                          3,309,900(16)               20.1
- ----------

(1)  The address of Dr.  Lawrence  Howard is 120 East End Avenue,  New York, New
     York 10028. The address of Robert Howard is 303 East 57th Street, New York,
     New York 10022.

(2)  The Company believes that except as set forth herein,  all persons referred
     to in the table have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to all
     shares of Common Stock reflected as beneficially owned by them.

(3)  Includes  options to purchase  329,000  shares of Common  Stock held by Mr.
     Howard which are currently  exercisable.  Also includes 12,000 shares owned
     by Mr.  Howard's  wife.  Does not  include  shares  owned by the son of Mr.
     Howard's  wife,  with respect to which Mr. Howard  disclaims any beneficial
     interest.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

(4)  Includes  options to purchase  131,500  shares of Common  Stock held by Dr.
     Howard which are currently  exercisable.  Also includes 17,500 shares owned
     by Dr. Howard's wife, 26,892 shares owned by Dr. Howard's wife as custodian
     for Dr.  Howard's  children  and  22,500  shares  owned  by Dr.  Howard  as
     custodian for his children.

(5)  Includes  options to purchase  122,500  shares of Common  Stock held by Mr.
     Williams which are currently exercisable. Also includes 11,000 shares owned
     by Mr.  Williams'  wife.  Does not include  shares  owned by Mr.  Williams'
     children  with  respect  to which Mr.  Williams  disclaims  any  beneficial
     interest.

(6)  Represents  shares  issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr.  Verrando
     which are currently exercisable.

(7)  Less than 1%.

(8)  Includes  options to  purchase  13,750  shares of Common  Stock held by Mr.
     Sparks which are currently exercisable.

(9)  Includes  options to  purchase  13,750  shares of Common  Stock held by Mr.
     DePamphilis which are currently exercisable.

(10) Includes  options to  purchase  92,500  shares of common  stock held by Mr.
     Pensavecchia which are currently exercisable.

(11) Represents  shares  issuable  upon  exercise of options held by Mr.  Dreyer
     which are currently exercisable.

(12) The information with respect to the securities ownership of Messrs. John C.
     Oxley,  Thomas E. Oxley,  and Charles C. Killin has been derived from their
     respective  Schedules  13-D as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission.

(13) Represents  19,600 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Oxley,  individually;
     750,700  shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Oxley as a  co-executor  of the
     estate of John T.  Oxley (the  "Oxley  Estate");  171,000  shares of Common
     Stock held by Mr. Oxley as a co-trustee of the Oxley Foundation; and 56,000
     shares of Common Stock held of record by Boca Polo,  Inc.  ("Boca  Polo") a
     Nevada corporation.  Mr. Oxley is owner of 50% of the outstanding shares of
     Boca  Polo.  The  address  of Mr.  John C.  Oxley is One  West 3rd  Street,
     Williams Center Tower I, Suite 1300, Tulsa, OK 74103.

(14) Represents  750,700  shares of Common  Stock held by the Oxley  Estate,  of
     which Mr. Oxley is a co-executor; and 56,000 shares of Common Stock held of
     record  by Boca  Polo.  Mr.  Oxley is a  director  and  owner of 50% of the

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

     outstanding  shares of Boca Polo. The address of Mr. Thomas E. Oxley is One
     West 3rd Street, Williams Center Tower I, Suite 1305, Tulsa, OK 74103.

(15) Represents  750,700  shares  of  Common  Stock  held  by  Mr.  Killin  as a
     co-executor of the Oxley Estate;  43,500 of Common Stock held by Mr. Killin
     as the trustee of the Mary Jane Tritsch Trust dated  September 3, 1952; and
     19,000  shares of Common  Stock  held by Mr.  Killin as the  trustee of the
     Thomas E. Oxley Trust dated  September 3, 1952.  The address for Mr. Killin
     is 15 East 5th Street, Suite 2400, Tulsa, OK 74103.

(16) Includes options to purchase 329,000,  131,500,  122,500,  55,000,  92,500,
     13,750,  13,750,  22,500,  and  7,000  shares  held by Robert  Howard,  Dr.
     Lawrence   Howard,   Richard  A.  Williams,   Robert  E.  Verrando,   Frank
     Pensavecchia, Bert DePamphilis, Harold Sparks, John W. Dreyer, and Glenn J.
     DiBenedetto,  respectively,  which  are  currently  exercisable.  Does  not
     include options to purchase 12,500, 55,000, 12,500, 2,500, 2,500, and 2,500
     shares of Common Stock held by Richard Williams,  Robert E. Verrando, Frank
     Pensavecchia,   Harold  Sparks,   Bert  DePamphilis  and  John  W.  Dreyer,
     respectively,  none of which are  exercisable  within 60 days from the date
     hereof.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     The Company paid Mr. Robert Howard, its Chairman of the Board, $125,000 for
consulting  services  provided to the Company  during  1996.  In  addition,  the
Company paid Mr. Howard $35,513 as a tenant-at-will sublessee of certain offices
from Mr. Howard.

     During the year ended  December 28, 1996, the Company  purchased  equipment
from Howtek totaling $53,721. Mr. Robert Howard, is the Chairman of the Board of
Directors and a principal  stockholder of Howtek, and the father of Dr. Lawrence
Howard. Dr. Howard currently serves as a director to the Company.

     During 1996,  the Company  recorded  sales of equipment and  consumables to
Pitman of $3,379,000,  and had accounts  receivable from Pitman of $2,279,000 at
December 28, 1996.  John  Dreyer,  who has been a director of the Company  since
February 1996, is Pitman's President and Chief Executive Officer.


                                      -44-
<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

   Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(a)(1)            Financial Statements
                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                              <C>
                  Report of Independent Certified Public
                  Accountants                                                                    F-2

                  Independent Auditors' Report                                                   F-3

                  Balance Sheets as of December 30, 1995, and
                  December 28, 1996                                                              F-4

                  Statements of Income for the Years Ended
                  December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995,
                  and December 28, 1996                                                          F-5

                  Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
                  for the three years ended December 28, 1996                                    F-6-7

                  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
                  December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995,
                  and December 28, 1996                                                          F-8

                  Notes to Financial Statements                                                  F-9

(a)(2)            Financial Statement Schedules

                  Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and
                  Reserves.                                                                      FS-1

                  All other schedules are omitted because they are not
                  applicable or the required information is shown in the
                  financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3)            Exhibits
</TABLE>

Exhibit
Number    Description

2(a)      Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated and effective as of January 1, 1996,
          among the Company  and David G. Shaw,  Marc G.  Langlois  and David G.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>

          Shaw and  Lynn R.  Shaw,  as  Trustees  of the  David  and  Lynn  Shaw
          Charitable  Remainder  Unitrust,  dated February 12, 1996, and John E.
          Madocks and Catalina. **

2(b)      Put and Call Option Agreement by and among the Company, David G. Shaw,
          Marc G. Langlois and John E. Madocks. **

2(c)      Confidentiality  and  Non-Competition   Agreement  by  and  among  the
          Company, David G. Shaw and Catalina. **

2(d)      Confidentiality  and  Non-Competition   Agreement  by  and  among  the
          Company, Marc G. Langlois and Catalina. **

2(e)      Confidentiality  and  Non-Competition   Agreement  by  and  among  the
          Company, John E. Madocks and Catalina. **

2(f)      Special Option Agreement,  among the Company, Catalina, David G. Shaw,
          Marc G. Langlois and John E. Madocks. **

3(a)      Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  of the Company, as
          amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company's 
          Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 29, 1996.

3(b)      By-laws of the Company.***

10(a)     Employment Agreement dated August 23, 1988, by and between the Company
          and Richard  Williams,  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10(b) of
          Registration Statement 33-27112, effective March 28, 1989.

10(b)     1988 Stock Option Plan,  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) of
          Registration Statement 33-27112, effective March 28, 1989.

10(c)     1988  Restricted  Stock  Purchase Plan,  incorporated  by reference to
          Exhibit 10(d) of Registration Statement 33-27112,  effective March 28,
          1989.

10(d)     Confidentiality   Agreement   between  the  Company  and  Heidelberger
          Druckmaschinen   A.G.,   effective   December   7,  1989  as  amended,

                                      -46-
<PAGE>

          incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(i) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989.

10(e)     Development  and Supply  Agreement dated July 23, 1991, by and between
          the Company and Inx  Incorporated,  incorporated  by  reference to the
          Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30,
          1991.

10(f)     Master   Agreement   effective   January  1,  1991,   by  and  between
          Heidelberger   Druckmaschinen   Aktiengesellschaft  and  the  Company,
          incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 8-K, dated January 1,
          1991.

10(g)     Technology   License   effective  January  1,  1991,  by  and  between
          Heidelberger   Druckmaschinen   Aktiengesellschaft  and  the  Company,
          incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 8-K, dated January 1,
          1991.

10(h)     Supply   Agreement   effective   January  1,  1991,   by  and  between
          Heidelberger   Druckmaschinen   Aktiengesellschaft  and  the  Company,
          incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 8-K, dated January 1,
          1991.

10(i)     Memorandum  of  Performance  No. 3 dated April 27, 1993, to the Master
          Agreement,  Technology  License,  and  Supply  Agreement  between  the
          Company   and    Heidelberger    Druckmaschinen    Aktiengesellschaft,
          incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
          10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 1993.

10(j)     Modification  to Memorandum of Performance No. 3 dated April 27, 1993,
          to the Master  Agreement,  Technology  License,  and Supply  Agreement
          between     the    Company     and     Heidelberger     Druckmaschinen
          Aktiengesellschaft.+

10(k)     Memorandum  of  Understanding  No. 4 dated  November  9, 1995,  to the
          Master Agreement and Technology  License and Supply Agreement  between
          the Company and Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft.****

10(l)     Lease  relating  to real  property  located  at 8  Commercial  Street,
          Hudson, New Hampshire.

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

10(m)     Lease  relating  to real  property  located  at 9  Commercial  Street,
          Hudson, New Hampshire.

10(n)     Lease  relating to real  property  located at 18-20  Hampshire  Drive,
          Hudson, New Hampshire.

10(o)     Development  and Supply  Agreement  dated  November 13,  1991,  by and
          between the Company and Gans Ink & Supply Co., Inc.*

10(p)     Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  the Company and Richard
          Williams.

10(q)     1991 Stock Option Plan.*

10(r)     1994 Stock Option Plan.+

10(s)     Non Employee Director Stock Option Plan.+

10(t)     Memorandum  of  Understanding  No.5 dated  March 7, 1997  between  the
          Company and Heidelberger Druckmashchinen Aktiengesellschaft. ****

10(u)     Loan Agreement between the Company and Citizens Bank, New Hampshire.

10(v)     Revolving  Line of Credit  Promissory  Note in favor of Citizens Bank,
          New Hampshire. 

21        Subsidiaries of the Company.

23(a)     Consent of BDO Seidman LLP.

23(b)     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

27        Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only)

(b)       During the quarter  ended  December 28,  1996,  no reports on Form 8-K
          were filed. 

(c)       See Item 14(a)(3) above.

(d)       See Item 14(a)(2) above.
- ----------

*    Incorporated  by reference to the exhibit filed with the  Company's  Annual
     report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991.

**   Incorporated  by reference to the exhibit filed with the Company's Form 8-K
     for the event dated February 15, 1996.

***  Previously  filed as an exhibit with the  Company's  Form 10-K for the year
     ended December 30, 1995.

**** The Company has requested that the SEC grant it confidential treatment with
     respect to a portion of this exhibit.  



                                      -48-
<PAGE>

+    Incorporated  by reference to the exhibit filed with the  Company's  Annual
     report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994


                                      -49-
<PAGE>


                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                      Page
                                                                      ----

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants                     F-2

Independent Auditors' Report                                           F-3

Balance Sheets as of December 30, 1995,
   and December 28, 1996                                               F-4

Statements of Income for the Years Ended
   December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995,
   and December 28, 1996                                               F-5

Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
   for the Three Years Ended December 28, 1996                         F-6-7

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
   December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995,
   and December 28, 1996                                               F-8

Notes to Financial Statements                                          F-9

Financial Statement Schedule:

   Schedule II - Valuation and qualifying accounts
      and reserves                                                     FS-1


<PAGE>


                              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
                          CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors
Presstek, Inc.
Hudson, New Hampshire

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Presstek, Inc. as of December
30, 1995 and December 28, 1996, and the related statements of income, changes in
stockholders'  equity,  and cash  flows for the years then  ended.  We have also
audited the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index. These
financial  statements  and  schedule  are the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements and schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about whether the financial  statements  and schedule are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial  statements and
schedule.  An audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
presentation  of the  financial  statements  and  schedule.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Presstek,  Inc. at December 30,
1995 and December 28, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

Also, in our opinion, the schedule presents fairly, in all material respects,
the information set forth therein.

/s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
    BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

New York, New York
February 21, 1997 (except for Note 11 as to which
                   the date is March 26, 1997)


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Presstek, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  statements of income, changes in stockholders'
equity and cash flows of Presstek,  Inc.  for the year ended  December 31, 1994.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  such  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in all material
respects the results of operations and cash flows of Presstek, Inc. for the year
ended  December 31, 1994,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

As  discussed in Note 4 to the  Financial  Statements,  the Company  changed its
method of  accounting  for certain  investments  in debt and equity  securities,
effective  January 1, 1994, to conform with  Statements of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 115.

/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
     DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Bedford, New Hampshire
March 15, 1995


                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.           Financial Statements

                                 PRESSTEK, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        December 30,    December 28,
                                                            1995            1996
                                                        ------------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>
ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
     Cash and cash equivalents                          $  3,628,021    $  3,530,866
     Marketable securities                                 3,050,825       6,602,854
     Accounts receivable, net of allowance
       for doubtful accounts of $80,000 in 1995
       and $183,851 in 1996                                7,888,559      17,306,020
     Inventory                                             5,615,743      10,639,657
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess
       of billings on uncompleted contracts                  246,000       1,625,137
     Other current assets                                    350,031         855,287
                                                        ------------    ------------
         Total current assets                             20,779,179      40,559,821
                                                        ------------    ------------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
     Land                                                       --         2,426,827
     Buildings under construction                               --         3,873,157
     Machinery and equipment                               5,659,211      14,026,575
     Furniture and fixtures                                  372,889         681,648
     Leasehold improvements                                1,247,803       2,905,181
     Other                                                    34,498          34,498
                                                        ------------    ------------
         Total                                             7,314,401      23,947,886
     Less accumulated depreciation
       and amortization                                   (3,023,089)     (4,230,674)
                                                        ------------    ------------
         Property, plant and equipment, net                4,291,312      19,717,212
                                                        ------------    ------------
OTHER ASSETS:
     Goodwill, net                                              --         6,144,819
     Patent application costs and license rights, net      1,012,147       1,704,406
     Software development costs, net                         585,980         546,838
     Other                                                      --           150,000
                                                        ------------    ------------
         Total other assets                                1,598,127       8,546,063
                                                        ------------    ------------
         TOTAL                                          $ 26,668,618    $ 68,823,096
                                                        ============    ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
     Accounts payable                                   $  2,392,846    $  8,332,558
     Accrued expenses                                      1,091,036         802,692
     Accrued salaries and employee benefits                  458,300         686,090
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated
        earnings on uncompleted contracts                       --         1,355,130
                                                        ------------    ------------
         Total current liabilities                         3,942,182      11,176,470
                                                        ------------    ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

MINORITY INTEREST                                               --           204,104
                                                        ------------    ------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized
       1,000,000 shares; no shares issued or
       outstanding                                                --              --
     Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized
       75,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
       14,765,300 shares at December 30, 1995                147,653         153,923
       15,392,276 shares at December 28, 1996;
     Additional paid-in capital                           21,559,856      49,188,118
     Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net            (3,176)        (42,911)
     Retained earnings                                     1,022,103       8,143,392
                                                        ------------    ------------
     Stockholders' equity                                 22,726,436      57,442,522
                                                        ------------    ------------

         TOTAL                                          $ 26,668,618    $ 68,823,096
                                                        ============    ============
</TABLE>


                        See notes to financial statements


                                      F-4
<PAGE>


                                 PRESSTEK, INC.

                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                               For the Years Ended
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                December 31,     December 30,   December 28,
                                                    1994            1995            1996
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>         
REVENUES:
         Product sales                         $  9,462,032    $ 20,028,548    $ 33,569,400
         Royalties and fees from licensees        7,055,826       7,582,908      15,058,169
                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
              Total revenues                     16,517,858      27,611,456      48,627,569
                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
         Cost of products sold                    6,944,268      14,923,968      21,825,697
         Engineering and product development      5,123,439       6,155,421       8,894,420
         Marketing                                1,225,756       1,727,301       2,587,490
         General and administrative               1,603,729       2,050,075       4,739,951
                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
              Total costs and expenses           14,897,192      24,856,765      38,047,558
                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
         Dividend and interest                      407,977         327,213         786,095
         Other, net                                     166          (2,276)       (244,817)
                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
              Total other income - net              408,143         324,937         541,278
                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                        2,028,809       3,079,628      11,121,289

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                         (186,600)       (220,000)     (4,000,000)
                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
NET INCOME                                     $  1,842,209    $  2,859,628    $  7,121,289
                                               ============    ============    ============
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER
OF COMMON AND COMMON
EQUIVALENT SHARES                                14,865,344      15,855,076      16,581,254
                                               ============    ============    ============
NET INCOME PER COMMON AND
COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE                        $        .12    $        .18    $        .43
                                               ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>


                        See notes to financial statements



                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                  STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   For the Three Years Ended December 28, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Unrealized Loss
                                                            Common Stock      Additional  On Investments   Retained
                                                       --------------------     Paid-in      Available      Earning    Stockholders'
                                                         Shares      Amount     Capital      For Sale      (Deficit)      Equity
                                                         ------      ------     -------      --------      ---------      ------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>        
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993                           5,388,968   $ 53,890   $15,771,254    $    --      $(3,679,734)  $12,145,410
February through March 1994:
   Issuance of Common Stock relative to the exercise
   of warrants at $12.50 and $14.25 per share             50,000        500       668,250                                   668,750
August, 1994:
   Five for four stock split, effected in
   the form of a 25% stock dividend, net of
   fractional shares                                   1,410,235     14,102       (17,782)                                   (3,680)
January through December, 1994:
   Issuances of Common Stock relative to the
   exercise of incentive stock options at:
   $1.50 per share                                        54,361        544       341,126                                   341,670
   $1.20 per share                                        62,500        625        74,375                                    75,000
   Issuances of Common Stock relative to the
   exercise of nonqualified stock options at
   $5.00 - $16.75 per share                               74,856        748       612,963                                   613,711
   Issuances of Common Stock relative to the
   exercise of underwriters' warrants and unit
   warrants for cash at:
      $5.75 and $6.25 per share, respectively             95,254        953       570,571                                   571,524
      $4.60 and $5.00 per share, respectively             57,846        578       277,082                                   277,660
State tax benefit arising from stock option deductions                            140,000                                   140,000
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net                                                 (199,334)                    (199,334)
Net income for the year                                                                                     1,842,209     1,842,209
                                                      ----------   --------   -----------    ---------    -----------   -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994                           7,194,020     71,940    18,437,839     (199,334)    (1,837,525)   16,472,920
January through December, 1995:
   Issuance of Common Stock relative to the
   exercise of incentive stock options at
   $10.00 - $15.55 per share                             112,877      1,129     1,628,242                                 1,629,371
   Issuance of Common Stock relative to the
   exercise of nonqualified stock options at
   $4.00 - $19.20 per share                              159,931      1,599     1,282,760                                 1,284,359
   Issuance of Common Stock relative to the
   exercise of underwriters' warrants
   and unit warrants for cash at $4.60 and $5.00
   per share, respectively                                22,500        225       107,775                                   108,000
May, 1995
   Two for One stock split effected in
   the form of a 100% stock dividend                   7,275,972     72,760       (72,760)                                       --
State tax benefit arising from stock option deductions                            176,000                                   176,000
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net                                                  196,158                      196,158
Net income for the year                                                                                     2,859,628     2,859,628
                                                      ----------   --------   -----------    ---------    -----------   -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 30, 1995                          14,765,300   $147,653   $21,559,856    $  (3,176)   $ 1,022,103   $22,726,436
</TABLE>


                        See notes to financial statements


<
                                      F-6
<PAGE>



                  STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   For the Three Years Ended December 28, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Unrealized Loss
                                                            Common Stock      Additional  On Investments   Retained
                                                       --------------------     Paid-in      Available      Earning    Stockholders'
                                                         Shares      Amount     Capital      For Sale      (Deficit)      Equity
                                                         ------      ------     -------      --------      ---------      ------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
BALANCE BROUGHT FORWARD
AT DECEMBER 30, 1995                                   14,765,300  $147,653   $ 21,559,856   $   (3,176)  $ 1,022,103  $ 22,726,436
January through December 1996
   Issuance of Common Stock relative
      to the exercise of incentive stock
      options at $10.00 - $52.75 per share                130,330     1,304      1,875,917                                1,877,221
   Issuance of Common Stock relative
      to the exercise of non-qualified
      stock options at $4.30 - $21.875 per share          213,800     2,138      1,703,915                                1,706,053
January, 1996
   Issuance of Common Stock relative
      to the private placements at $73.00 per share       282,846     2,828     20,205,930                               20,208,758
Costs relative to the private placement                                            (33,500)                                 (33,500)
Tax benefit arising from stock option deductions                                 3,876,000                                3,876,000
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net                                                   (39,735)                    (39,735)
Net income for the year                                                                                     7,121,289     7,121,289
                                                      -----------  --------   ------------   ----------   -----------  ------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 28, 1996                           15,392,276  $153,923   $ 49,188,118   $  (42,911)  $ 8,143,392  $ 57,442,522
                                                      ===========  ========   ============   ==========   ===========  ============
</TABLE>




                        See notes to financial statements


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                                 PRESSTEK, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                               For the Years Ended
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31,          December 30,           December 28,
                                                                                1994                 1995                  1996
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                   <C>                   <C>         
CASH FLOWS - OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income                                                              $  1,842,209          $  2,859,628          $  7,121,289
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
   to net cash provided by (used for)
   operating activities:
      Tax benefit arising from stock option deductions                          140,000               176,000             3,876,000
      Depreciation                                                              601,197               819,507             1,253,812
      Amortization                                                               55,639               178,529               785,007
      Provision for warranty and other costs                                    215,000               916,242               728,235
      Other, net                                                                (28,388)                2,276               107,211
   (Increase) decrease in:
      Accounts receivable                                                    (3,384,070)           (3,759,012)           (9,469,737)
      Inventory                                                              (1,562,606)           (3,165,578)           (5,036,014)
      Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
        billings on uncompleted contracts                                          --                    --                (605,556)
      Other current assets                                                     (532,375)              406,561              (475,203)
   Increase (decrease) in:
      Accounts payable and accrued expense                                     (126,332)            1,222,816             5,109,014
      Accrued salaries and employee benefits                                    105,134               109,516               168,989
      Billings in excess of costs and estimated
      earnings on uncompleted contracts                                            --                    --                 667,805
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
              Net cash provided by (used for)
                  operating activities                                       (2,674,592)             (233,515)            4,230,852
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
CASH FLOWS - INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Investment in subsidiary, net of cash acquired                                  --                    --              (7,456,020)
   Purchases of property and equipment                                       (1,746,470)           (2,387,379)          (16,389,751)
   Proceeds from sale of equipment                                               31,017                76,300                66,400
   Increase in other assets                                                    (674,200)             (561,261)             (851,051)
   Sales and maturities of
      marketable securities                                                   5,157,394             2,179,510             3,500,000
   Purchases of marketable securities                                        (2,095,152)                 --              (6,956,117)
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
              Net cash provided by (used for)
                  investing activities                                          672,589              (692,830)          (28,086,539)
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
CASH FLOWS - FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Net proceeds from sale of common
      stock and warrants                                                      2,544,635             3,021,730            23,758,532
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
   CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                             542,632             2,095,385               (97,155)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -
   BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                                          990,004             1,532,636             3,628,021
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
   END OF PERIOD                                                           $  1,532,636          $  3,628,021          $  3,530,866
                                                                           ============          ============          ============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF
   CASH FLOWS INFORMATION -
      Cash paid during the period for income taxes                         $       --            $     52,000          $     45,000
                                                                           ============          ============          ============

</TABLE>

                        See notes to financial statements


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                                 PRESSTEK, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   NATURE OF BUSINESS

     Presstek,  Inc. ("the  Company" or "Presstek")  was organized as a Delaware
corporation  on September 3, 1987 and was a development  stage  company  through
1991. In September 1991,  Heidelberger  Druckmaschinen  A.G.  ("Heidelberg") the
world's largest  printing press  manufacturer  introduced the Company's  initial
spark discharge based imaging  technology,  in a jointly developed product,  the
Heidelberg  GTO-DI. In 1993, after investing  substantial  effort and resources,
the  Company  completed  the  development  of  PEARL(R),   its  high  resolution
semiconductor  laser  diode  based  imaging  technology.   PEARL's  laser  diode
technology  is capable of imaging  various  types of  Presstek  printing  plates
either  off-press or on-press  which may then be used to produce  high  quality,
full-color  lithographic  printed materials.  PEARL has completely  replaced the
Company's spark discharge technology.  The GTO-DI was reintroduced with PEARL in
September  1993.  During  the  second  quarter of 1995,  the  Company  commenced
shipments of Direct Imaging systems to be utilized on  Heidelberg's  Quickmaster
DI 46-4.  This press was  introduced  by  Heidelberg  in May 1995 to replace the
GTO-DI  which  is no  longer  manufactured.  Presstek  is  also  engaged  in the
development  of  additional  products  and  applications  that  incorporate  its
proprietary PEARL technologies and consumables, including both computer-to-plate
and other direct-to-press applications.  Shipments of Direct Imaging systems for
the larger  format  Omni Adast (19" x 26")  multicolor  press  began in December
1996. Also, during the first quarter of 1996, the Company began shipments of its
PEARL  platesetter,  now  referred  to as the  PEARLsetter.  The  Company is now
building  an  installed  base  of  customers   which  utilizes  its  proprietary
consumable printing plates on PEARL equipped  Heidelberg  presses.  During 1996,
revenues  generated under the Company's  agreements with Heidelberg and revenues
from Heidelberg's  distributors represented 73% of the Company's total revenues.
Prior to 1996, the Company relied on Heidelberg to generate substantially all of
its revenues.

     Catalina Coatings,  Inc.  ("Catalina"),  a corporation  organized under the
laws of Arizona on October 14, 1991,  became a subsidiary of the Company in 1996
(see Note 3) and is engaged in the development,  manufacture, and sale of vacuum
deposition  coating  equipment,  and licensing and sublicensing of patent rights
with  respect to a vapor  deposition  process to coat moving webs of material at
high speeds.  During 1996, a substantial part of Catalina's efforts were devoted
to developing  and  manufacturing  the  equipment  the Company  believes it will
require to manufacture PEARL thermal plates.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Principles of Consolidation - The financial statements include the accounts
of the Company and its 90% owned subsidiary and the results of operations of the
business  acquisition  (Note 3) since the beginning of fiscal 1996.  Significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

     Fiscal  Year - On  January  19,  1995,  the  Company's  Board of  Directors
determined to change its fiscal year from a calendar year ending  December 31 to
a fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31; accordingly, fiscal
1996 ended  December 28 and fiscal 1995 ended  December 30,  1995.  Fiscal 1994,
1995, and 1996 each reflect 52 week periods. The first 53 week period will occur
in fiscal 1997.

     Use of Estimates - The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Many of the Company's estimates and assumptions used in the financial statements
relate to the  Company's  products,  which are  subject  to rapid  technological
change.  It is reasonably  possible that changes may occur in the near term that
would affect  management's  estimates  with  respect to the  carrying  values of
inventories, equipment and software development costs.

     Revenue  Recognition  - The Company  records  revenues on product sales and
related royalties at the time of shipment. Certain fees and other reimbursements
are  recognized as revenue when the related  services have been performed or the
revenues otherwise earned.

     Revenues from fixed-price and modified fixed-price production contracts are
recognized on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of
costs incurred to date to the estimated total of direct costs for each contract.
As contracts can extend over one or more accounting periods,  revisions in costs
and earnings  estimated  during the course of the work are reflected  during the
accounting period in which the facts that required such revisions become know.

     Product  Warranties - The Company  warrants its products against defects in
material and workmanship for a period of one year.  Anticipated  future warranty
costs are accrued by a charge to expense as products are shipped and the related
revenue  recognized.  At December  30, 1995,  and  December  28,  1996,  accrued
expenses  included accrued warranty costs of $601,000 and $514,000,  and product
replacement reserves for 1995 of $291,000.  Product replacement  activities were
completed in 1996 and the reserve was fully utilized.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>

     Inventory - Inventory  is valued at the lower of cost or market,  with cost
determined on the first-in, first-out method. At December 30, 1995, and December
28, 1996, inventory consisted of the following:

                                                    1995                 1996

Raw materials                                  $ 3,476,713           $ 6,155,277

Work in process                                  1,713,382             3,532,724

Finished goods                                     425,648               951,656
                                               -----------           -----------
     Total                                     $ 5,615,743           $10,639,657
                                               ===========           ===========


     Property and  Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost and are
depreciated  using a straight-line  method for both financial  reporting and for
tax purposes  over their  estimated  useful lives  (ranging from 3 to 10 years).
Leasehold  improvements  are amortized  over the life of the lease for financial
reporting purposes and a required longer period for tax purposes.

     Goodwill - The  excess of cost over the fair value of net assets  acquired,
which relates to the Company's  acquisition  of Catalina (Note 3), of $6,469,000
is being  amortized  over a twenty year period using the  straight  line method.
Amortization expense was $324,800 for the year ended December 28, 1996.

     Patent  Applications  Costs and License Rights - Patent  application  costs
represent  the  expense  of  preparing  and  filing  applications  to patent the
Company's  proprietary  technologies,  in addition to certain patent and license
rights acquired in the acquisition of Catalina. Such costs are amortized against
income over a period ranging from five to seven years, beginning on the date the
patents or rights are issued or  acquired.  Amortization  expense  for the years
ended December 31, 1994,  December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996, was $55,639,
$72,530, and $212,055, respectively.

     Software  Development  Costs - Software  development costs for products and
certain product enhancements are capitalized  subsequent to the establishment of
their technological feasibility (as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards  No. 86) based upon the  existence  of working  models of the products
which are ready for  initial  customer  testing.  Costs  incurred  prior to such
technological  feasibility  or  subsequent  to a  product's  general  release to
customers  are  expensed as incurred.  Prior to 1994,  the Company did not incur
material costs subject to capitalization. Through 1996, the Company incurred and
capitalized  $895,000 of costs subject to capitalization.  Amortization of these
costs  commenced  in 1995 when the related  product was  released to  customers.
Amortization  for 1995 and 1996 was $98,500 and  $249,500,  respectively,  based
upon the  ratio  that  current  gross  revenues  bear to total  estimated  gross
revenues,  which was an amount  greater  than  amortization  on a  straight-line
method over the estimated economic life of the product from three to five years.
Based upon  current  sales  estimates,  software  costs are expected to be fully
amortized in less than three years.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

     Non-Competition and  Confidentiality  Covenants - The consideration paid by
the  Company  to  the  selling   shareholders   of  Catalina   with  respect  to
non-competition  and  confidentiality is being amortized over a four year period
using the straight line method.

     Research  and  Development  Costs -  Research  and  development  costs  are
expensed as incurred for financial  reporting  purposes.  Such costs  aggregated
$5,123,439,  $6,155,421,  and  $8,894,420 for the years ended December 31, 1994,
December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996, respectively.

     Cash Flows  Information - For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company
considers all savings deposits,  certificates of deposit, and money market funds
and  deposits  purchased  with a  maturity  of three  months  or less to be cash
equivalents.  At  December  30,  1995,  and  December  28,  1996,  cash and cash
equivalents consisted of cash balances on deposit and money market funds.

     Reclassification   -  Various   accounts  in  the  prior  years'  Financial
Statements have been  reclassified for comparative  purposes to conform with the
presentation in the current-year Financial Statements.

     Long-Lived Assets - Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment,  are
evaluated for impairment when events or changes in  circumstances  indicate that
the carrying  amount of the assets may not be recoverable  through the estimated
undiscounted  future  cash  flows  from the use of these  assets.  When any such
impairment  exists,  the related  assets will be written down to fair value.  No
write downs were  necessary  for the years ended  December 30, 1995 and December
28, 1996.

     Stock-Based  Compensation  - The Company has not adopted the optional  fair
value based method for  accounting  for stock options  granted to employees,  as
permitted by Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123, ("SFAS 123")
"Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation",  which is effective for transactions
entered into in fiscal years that begin after  December 15, 1995.  See Note 8 of
the financial statements.

3.   BUSINESS ACQUISITION

     On February 15, 1996, the Company  acquired 90% of the  outstanding  Common
Stock (the  "Purchased  Shares")  of  Catalina  Coatings,  Inc.  The Company has
continued  the business of Catalina  which now  operates as a subsidiary  of the
Company.  The  Purchased  Shares were  acquired  from the  selling  shareholders
pursuant to a Stock Purchase  Agreement (the "Stock Purchase  Agreement")  dated
and  effective as of January 1, 1996.  The aggregate  consideration  paid by the
Company  pursuant  to the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  was  $8,400,000,  of which
$8,200,000  represented the purchase price of the Purchased  Shares and $200,000
represented  consideration for the non-competition and confidentiality covenants
of the selling shareholders.

     Simultaneous with the closing of the acquisition,  the Company entered into
a Put and Call Option  Agreement  (the "Option  Agreement")  which  provides the
Company with the right,  at any time after  February  15,  2000,  to acquire the
remaining  10% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock of Catalina  for an  aggregate
consideration  


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

of $2,000,000.  The Option Agreement also provides the selling  shareholders and
another  employee of Catalina with the right, at any time after August 15, 2000,
to  cause  the  Company  to  purchase  the   remaining   shares  for   aggregate
consideration  of  $1,000,000.  The Option  Agreement will terminate if Catalina
consummates an initial public  offering of its securities  prior to February 15,
2000.

     The  Company  granted the selling  shareholders  and the other  employee of
Catalina five-year non-qualified options to purchase an aggregate 100,000 shares
of the  Company's  Common  Stock at an  exercise  price  of  $89.50  per  share,
representing fair market value at the date of grant, and Catalina granted to the
same  individuals  an option to  purchase  an  aggregate  5% of the  issued  and
outstanding Common Stock of Catalina in the event that a registration  statement
relating to an initial  public  offering of  Catalina  Common  Stock is declared
effective by February 15, 2000.

     A portion of the funds  raised from the private  placements  referred to in
Note 8 were utilized to complete the acquisition.

     The  acquisition  was  accounted for as a purchase  and,  accordingly,  the
results of  Catalina's  operations  have been  included  in the  Company's  1996
financial statements.

     The   purchase   price,   plus   aquisition   costs  of  $240,000,  net  of
non-competition  and  confidentiality  covenants,  has been  allocated to assets
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based on fair  market  value at the date of
acquisition, as follows:

          Current Assets                                       $ 1,976,000
          Property and Equipment                                   329,000
          Other Assets                                             222,000
          Intangibles                                              443,000
          Goodwill                                               6,469,000
          Current Liabilities                                    ( 999,000)
                                                               -----------
                                                               $ 8,440,000
                                                               ===========

     During  1996,  a  substantial  part of  Catalina's  efforts were devoted to
developing and  manufacturing the equipment the Company believes it will require
to manufacture  PEARL thermal printing plates.  Catalina's 1996 revenues,  after
eliminating   significant   intercompany  accounts  and  transactions,   totaled
approximately $1,950,000, and its results of operations were not material to the
Company.

     The following unaudited pro forma summary combines the consolidated results
of operations of the Company and Catalina as if the  acquisition had occurred at
the  beginning  of fiscal  1995,  after  giving  effect to  certain  adjustments
including  the  amortization  of excess of cost over net assets  acquired and to
eliminate the effect of  intercompany  transactions.  This pro forma summary for
fiscal 1995 does not necessarily reflect the results of operations as they would
have been if the Company and Catalina had constituted a single entity during the
period,  and is not  necessarily  indicative of results which may be obtained in
the future.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

           Revenues                           $32,754,000
                                              ===========

           Costs and expenses                 $29,160,000
                                              ===========

           Net income                         $ 3,809,000
                                              ===========

           Net income per common
           and common equivalent share               $.24
                                                     ====

4.   MARKETABLE SECURITIES

     Effective  January 1, 1994, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No.  115,  "Accounting  for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." Marketable Securities are classified
as  available  for sale and  consist  of United  States  Treasury  Notes  having
maturity dates of more than three months, and are stated at fair value.

     Contractual  maturities  of  securities  as of December 28,  1996,  were as
follows:  February  1997 - $2,500,000;  July 1997 - $1,000,000;  December 1997 -
$2,000,000; April 1998 - $1,000,000.  Aggregate net unrealized holding losses of
$3,176 and $42,911 at December  30, 1995,  and December 28, 1996,  respectively,
have been  included  as a  separate  component  of  stockholders'  equity in the
accompanying balance sheets.


Certain information with respect to the Company's  marketable  securities as of
December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996, is presented below:

                                                  1995              1996
                                                  ----              ----
                                                 Total              Total
                                                 -----              -----

Amortized Cost                               $ 3,054,001      $ 6,645,765
Gross Unrealized                                   7,810
   Holding Gains
Gross Unrealized
   Holding Losses                                (10,986)         (42,911)
                                             -----------      -----------
Fair Value                                   $ 3,050,825      $ 6,602,854
                                             ===========      ===========
 
For the years ended December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996, the Company
received proceeds from the sale or maturity of available for sale securities of
$2,179,510 and $3,500,000 and recorded net realized losses of $28,024 in 1995.
In computing such realized losses, cost was determined using the specific cost
method.

5.   NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

     Net income per  common  share is  computed  by  dividing  net income by the
weighted  average  number of Common  Stock and Common  Stock  equivalent  shares
outstanding.  Common Stock  equivalents  represent  the  dilutive  effect of the
assumed exercise of outstanding  stock options and warrants.  On August 2, 1994,
the  Company's  Board of  Directors  authorized  a  five-for-four  stock  split,
effected in the form of a 25% stock dividend,  during the third quarter of 1994.
The split resulted in the issuance of 1,410,235 shares of Common Stock. On April
19, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors  declared a two-for-one  stock split,
effected  in the form of a 100% stock  dividend,  during  the second  quarter of
1995.  The split  resulted in the issuance of 7,275,972  shares of Common Stock.
All references to average number of shares outstanding and prices per share have
been restated retroactively to reflect the splits.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>

          A summary of the calculations for the years ended December 31, 1994,
December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996, follows:

                        (In Thousands, Except Per Share)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1994                          1995                          1996 
                                                -----------------------       -----------------------       ------------------------
                                                                 Fully                        Fully                          Fully
                                                 Primary        Diluted       Primary        Diluted        Primary         Diluted
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>     
Net Income                                      $  1,842       $  1,842       $  2,860       $  2,860       $  7,121       $  7,121
                                                ========       ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
Weighted average common
   shares outstanding                             14,026         14,388         14,562         14,562         15,189         15,189
Common equivalent shares
   from assumed conversion
   of outstanding options
   and warrants
   whose effect
   are not antidilutive
   on earnings per share                           1,938          2,131          1,742          1,770          1,736          1,736

Less shares assumed
   repurchased using the
   treasury method for
   calculation of net
   shares outstanding                             (1,099)          (917)          (449)          (239)          (344)          (344)
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Weighted average common
   and common equivalent
   shares outstanding                             14,865         15,602         15,855         16,093         16,581         16,581
                                                ========       ========       ========       ========       ========       ========

Net income per common
   and common equivalent
   shares                                       $    .12       $    .12       $    .18       $    .18       $    .43       $    .43
                                                ========       ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-15
<PAGE>


6.   INCOME TAXES

     The  Company  utilizes  an  asset  and  liability  approach  for  financial
accounting and reporting for income taxes. The primary  objectives of accounting
for income taxes are to (a)  recognize the amount of tax payable for the current
year and (b)  recognize  the amount of deferred  tax  liability or asset for the
future tax  consequences  of events that have been  reflected  in the  Company's
financial statements or tax returns.

     The  components  of the  provision  for  income  taxes for the years  ended
December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996, were as follows:


                                                1994        1995         1996
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Current tax expense - State                 $   46,600   $   44,000   $  124,000

Charge in lieu of income taxes:

     Federal                                      --           --      3,360,000
     State                                     140,000      176,000      516,000

Change in deferred tax asset - net                --           --           --
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Total provision                             $  186,600   $  220,000   $4,000,000
                                            ==========   ==========   ==========

     The charges in lieu of income taxes  included in the 1994,  1995,  and 1996
provision for income taxes  represent the tax benefit  arising from stock option
deductions.  No charge in lieu of federal  income taxes was required for 1994 or
1995 due to the  availability  of federal net operating loss  carryforwards  for
accounting purposes. The tax benefit related to such stock option deductions has
been credited to shareholders' equity.

     Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary  differences  between
the amount of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting  purposes and such
amounts  as  measured  by tax laws and  regulations.  Deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  consisted of the  following at December 30, 1995,  and December 28,
1996:


                                                        1995            1996
                                                    -----------     -----------
Deferred tax assets:
   Net operating loss carryforwards                 $ 5,600,000     $ 7,660,000
   Tax credits                                          350,000         500,000
   Warranty provisions and other accruals               640,000         635,000
                                                    -----------     -----------
      Gross deferred tax assets                       6,590,000       8,795,000
                                                    -----------     -----------

Deferred tax liabilities:
   Patent applications costs                            368,000         463,000
   Accumulated depreciation and amortization            187,000         282,000
                                                    -----------     -----------
      Gross deferred tax liabilities                    555,000         745,000
                                                    -----------     -----------

                                                      6,035,000       8,050,000

Less valuation allowance                             (5,985,000)     (8,000,000)
                                                    -----------     -----------
Deferred tax asset - net                            $    50,000     $    50,000
                                                    ===========     ===========


                                      F-16
<PAGE>


     The $50,000  deferred  tax asset was  included in other  current  assets at
December 30, 1995,  and December 28, 1996.  The  valuation  allowance  increased
$195,000, $3,057,000, and $2,015,000 in 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively.

     The difference between income taxes at the United States federal income tax
rate and the  effective  income  tax rate was as  follows  for the  years  ended
December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996:

                                                           1994    1995    1996
                                                           ----    ----    ----
Computed at federal statutory rate                           34%     34%     34%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
   Expenses producing no current tax benefit                  2%     11%      1%
   State tax, net of federal benefit                          7%      7%      4%
   Alternative minimum tax                                    2%     -%      -%
   Net operating loss carryforwards                          -28%    -42%    -%
   Deductions for tax purposes in excess of
      expenses for financial statement purposes              -7%     -%      -2%
   Patent perfection costs and other                         -1%     -3%     -1%
                                                           ----    ----    ----
          Effective rate, net                                 9%      7%     36%

     As of December 28, 1996, the Company had net operating  loss  carryforwards
totaling  approximately  $28,550,000 resulting from compensation  deductions for
tax purposes  relative to stock option plans. To the extent net operating losses
resulting from stock option plan compensation deductions become realizable,  the
benefit will be credited  directly to additional paid in capital.  The amount of
the net  operating  loss  carryforwards  which may be utilized to offset  future
taxable income, when earned, may be subject to certain  limitations,  based upon
changes in the  ownership of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  The  following is a
breakdown of the net operating losses and their expirations dates:

                                                     Amount of remaining
            Expiration date                   net operating loss carryforwards
            ---------------                   --------------------------------
                  2005                                          $ 2,230,000
                  2006                                          $ 5,020,000
                  2008                                          $    50,000
                  2009                                          $   500,000
                  2010                                          $ 8,750,000
                  2011                                          $12,000,000

     In addition,  the Company has available tax credit carryforwards  (adjusted
to reflect  provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986) of approximately  $500,000
which are available to offset future income tax liabilities when incurred.

7.   RELATED PARTIES

     During the years ended  December  31, 1994,  and  December  30,  1995,  the
Company made various sales to Howtek, Inc. totaling  approximately  $114,500 and
$23,250,  respectively.  During 1996, the Company made equipment  purchases from
Howtek totaling $53,721. Mr. Robert Howard, Chairman and a principal stockholder


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

of the  Company,  is the  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  and a  principal
stockholder of Howtek and the father of Dr. Lawrence  Howard.  Dr. Howard served
as Vice Chairman of the Board through February 1996. Dr. Howard currently serves
as a director to the Company.

     The Company  subleases  certain of its office  facilities  from Mr.  Robert
Howard,  Chairman,  as a tenant-at-will.  Payments totaled $35,379,  $35,400 and
$35,513, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995,
and December 28, 1996.  Mr.  Howard was paid  $100,000  during 1994 and $110,000
during 1995 as a bonus for consulting  services  rendered.  The Company paid Mr.
Howard $125,000 for consulting services provided to the Company during 1996.

     During 1996,  the Company  recorded  sales of equipment and  consumables to
Pitman Company of $3,379,000:  and at December 28, 1996 the Company had accounts
receivable  from Pitman of $2,279,000.  John Dreyer,  who has been a director of
the Company  since  February  1996, is Pitman's  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer.

8.   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     References  herein to shares,  options,  warrants  and the prices per share
have been restated for the 1994 and 1995 stock  splits,  effected in the form of
stock dividends, referred to in Note 5.

     Preferred Stock - The Company' certificate of incorporation empowers
the Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, to issue up to 1,000,000
shares of $.01 par value preferred stock, with dividend, liquidation,
conversion, and voting or other rights to be determined upon issuance by the
Board of Directors.

     Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan - On August 22, 1988, the Company adopted a
Restricted Stock Purchase Plan ("the Purchase Plan")  authorizing the sale of up
to 125,000  shares of Common Stock to its  employees at a price to be determined
by the  Board of  Directors,  but in no event to be less  than $.01 per share or
greater than 110% of the then fair market  value.  At December  28, 1996,  after
adjustment  for the 1994 and 1995 splits  40,000 shares  remained  available for
sale.

     Stock Option Plans - On August 22, 1988, the Company adopted the 1988 Stock
Option  Plan (the "1988  Plan"),  and  effective  August 19,  1991,  the Company
adopted the 1991 Stock Option Plan (the "1991  Plan"),  and  effective  April 8,
1994,  the Company  adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994  Plan").  Each
plan  originally  provided for the award,  to key employees  and other  persons,
options to purchase up to 500,000  shares of the Company's  Common  Stock.  As a
result of the 1994 and 1995 stock  splits,  the number of shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of outstanding  options granted under the above plans and
upon exercise of options  available for future grants increased by 25% and 100%,
respectively.  Options  granted  under the plans may be either  Incentive  Stock
Options ("ISOs") or Nonqualified Options. Generally, ISOs may only be granted to
employees  of the  Company,  at an  exercise  price of not less than fair market
value of the stock at the date of grant.  Nonqualified Options may be granted to
any person,  at any exercise price.  Nonqualified  Options may be granted to any
person, at any exercise price not less than par value,  within the discretion of
the Board of  Directors  or a  committee  appointed  by the  Board of  Directors
("Committee").   Any  options  granted  will  generally  become  exercisable  in
increments  over a period not to exceed ten years from the date of grant,  


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

to be  determined by the Board of Directors or  Committee,  and  generally  will
expire not more than 10 years from the date of grant.

     Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  123  ("SFAS  123"),
"Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation",  requires the Company to provide pro
forma  disclosure  of net income and earnings per share as if the optional  fair
value method had been applied to determine  compensation costs for the Company's
Stock Option plans. The Company has used the Black-Scholes  option-pricing model
to estimate  the fair value of each stock  option  issued in 1995 and 1996.  The
following weighted average assumptions were also used: a risk-free interest rate
of 6.0%; an expected option life of 4.0777 years; expected volatility of 68.3074
percent and no dividends paid.

Accordingly,  the  Company's  net income and  earnings per share would have been
reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in the following table:

                                                      1995                  1996
                                             -------------         -------------
Net income
  As reported                                $   2,859,628         $   7,121,289
  Pro forma                                      2,303,720               249,000

Net income per
common and common
equivalent share
   As reported                                         .18                   .43
   Pro forma                                           .15                   .02

     The above pro forma net income  and net  income per share do not  recognize
the  related  tax   benefits  in  1995  and  1996  of $118,000  and   $2,470,000
respectively,  as these deferred tax assets would be fully offset by a valuation
allowance.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at
December 28, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          $5.70         $11.00          $36.00           $55.25          $75.50           $5.70
Range of exercise prices              to $10.00      to $25.00       to $55.00        to $73.00       to $99.25       to $99.25
                                      ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------       ---------       ---------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>             <C>                <C>             <C>            <C>       
Outstanding Options
  Number outstanding
    at December 28, 1996                673,267       724,749          62,250          180,400         145,500       1,786,166
  Weighted-average remaining            
    contractual life (years)                1.3           3.4             4.5              5.1             4.4             2.9
  Weighted-average exercise price     $    7.46    $    16.89      $    49.68         $  69.88        $  87.75      $    25.61
                                                                                                                  
Exercisable options                                                                                               
  Number outstanding                                                                                              
    at December 28, 1996                594,363       250,903           7,125           80,000            --           924,781
  Weighted-average exercise  price    $    7.30    $    16.59      $    51.35         $  71.00            --        $    14.20
</TABLE>



                                      F-19
<PAGE>


     Information  concerning  incentive  stock option  activity  under the 1988,
1991, and 1994 plans for the years ended  December 31, 1994,  December 30, 1995,
and December 28, 1996, is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Weighted
                                             Option              Option price            average price        Options
                                             Shares               per share                per share        Exercisable
                                             ------               ---------                ---------        -----------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>                            <C>               <C>    
Outstanding at December 31, 1993                438,250      $  .60  - $25.00               $ 5.59            289,608
                                                                                                              =======
Granted                                         509,000      $15.55  - $19.50               $15.71
Exercised                                      (253,872)     $  .60  - $10.00               $ 1.64
Cancelled/Expired                              ( 17,188)     $10.00  - $25.00               $20.91
                                                -------
Outstanding at December 31, 1994                676,190      $10.00  - $19.50               $14.29             12,591
                                                                                                               ======
Granted                                          34,500      $41.375 - $52.75               $51.60
Exercised                                      (122,164)     $10.00  - $15.55               $13.34
Cancelled/Expired                                    --

Outstanding at December 30, 1995                588,526      $10.00  - $52.75               $16.68             76,279
                                                -------                                                        ======
Granted                                          13,750      $51.00  - $71.00               $67.33
Exercised                                      (130,330)     $10.00  - $52.75               $14.40
Cancelled/Expired                                    --
                                                -------
Outstanding at December 28, 1996                471,946      $10.00  - $71.00               $18.78            124,383
                                                =======                                                       =======
</TABLE>

     The proceeds to the Company from incentive stock options  exercised  during
the years ended  December  31, 1994,  December 30, 1995,  and December 28, 1996,
totaled $416,670, $1,629,371, and $1,877,221, respectively.


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

     Information  concerning  nonqualified stock option activity under the 1988,
1991, and 1994 Plans for the years ended  December 31, 1994,  December 30, 1995,
and December 28, 1996, is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Weighted
                                                   Option           Option price           average price       Options
                                                   Shares            per share               per share       Exercisable
                                                   ------            ---------               ---------       -----------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>                           <C>              <C>    
Outstanding at December 31, 1993                 1,118,604      $  2.00  -  $ 9.70             $ 5.78           865,543
                                                                                                                =======

Granted                                            421,998      $  9.70  - $ 25.00             $17.33
Exercised                                        ( 183,074)     $  2.00  - $  6.70             $ 3.35
Cancelled/Expired                                (   4,844)     $  5.90  - $ 14.60             $ 7.04
                                                 ---------

Outstanding at December 31, 1994                 1,352,684      $   2.00 - $ 25.00             $ 9.71           878,802
                                                                                                                =======
Granted                                             52,750      $  22.31 - $ 62.00             $37.69
Exercised                                        ( 210,096)*    $   2.00 - $ 15.55             $ 6.11
Cancelled/Expired                                (     468)     $   6.10 - $  6.10             $ 6.10
                                                 ---------
Outstanding at December 30, 1995                 1,194,870      $   4.30 - $ 62.00             $11.58           802,800
                                                                                                                =======

Granted                                            301,150      $  56.00 - $ 99.25             $77.80
Exercised                                         (213,800)     $   4.30 - $21.875             $ 7.98
Cancelled/Expired                                (     500)     $  48.00 - $ 48.00             $48.00
                                                 ---------

Outstanding at December 28, 1996                 1,281,720      $   5.70 - $ 99.25             $27.72           785,510
                                                 =========                                                      =======
</TABLE>

*  Includes 31,450 additional options arising from the 1995 stock split.

     The incentive and nonqualified stock options summarized in the tables above
were granted  under various  vesting  schedules  ranging from  immediate to five
years, with termination dates ranging from five to six years from dates of grant
and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plans.

     The  proceeds to the Company  from  nonqualified  stock  options  exercised
during the years ended  December 31, 1994,  December 30, 1995,  and December 28,
1996, totaled $613,711, $1,284,359, and $1,706,053, respectively.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>


     Director Stock Option Plan - Effective  December 1993, the Company  adopted
its  Nonemployee   Director  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Director  Plan").  Only
nonemployee  directors of the Company (other than Robert Howard or Dr.  Lawrence
Howard) are eligible to receive  grants under the  Director  Plan.  The Director
Plan provides that eligible directors  automatically  receive a grant of options
to  purchase  5,000  shares of Common  Stock at fair  market  value  upon  first
becoming a director and,  thereafter,  an annual grant, in January of each year,
options to purchase  2,500 shares at fair market  value.  Options  granted under
this plan become 100%  exercisable  after one year and terminate five years from
date of grant.  Information  concerning  activity  under this plan for the years
ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995, and December 28, 1996, is summarized
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Weighted
                                                Option         Option price             average price         Options
                                                Shares           per share                per share         Exercisable
                                                ------           ---------                ---------         -----------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>                            <C>            <C>
Outstanding at December 31, 1993                    --                                                                 --
                                                                                                          ===============
Granted                                         12,500            $11.00                   $11.00
Exercised                                           --
Cancelled/Expired
                                                    --
                                                ------
Outstanding at December 31, 1994                12,500            $11.00                   $11.00                      --
                                                                                                          ===============

Granted                                         10,000           $24.375                   $24.375
Exercised                                           --
Cancelled/Expired
                                                    --
                                                ------
Outstanding at December 30, 1995                22,500      $11.00  - $24.375              $16.94                  12,500
                                                                                                          ===============

Granted                                         10,000      $94.75  - $97.00               $95.88
Exercised                                           --
Cancelled/Expired
                                                    --
                                                ------
Outstanding at December 28, 1996                32,500      $11.00  - $97.00               $44.23                  22,500
                                                ======                                                    ===============
</TABLE>

     Underwriter's  Warrants - In  connection  with an initial  public  offering
during 1989, the Company  issued the  underwriter  warrants to purchase  260,000
shares of Common Stock.

     Through  December  30,  1995,  138,034  shares of Common Stock at $5.75 per
share and 138,034 shares of Common Stock at $6.25 ($4.60 and $5.00 for exercises
after the  four-for-five  stock  split) were issued to certain  designees of the
underwriter  pursuant  to their  exercise  of warrants  and unit  warrants.  The
proceeds to the Company from these transactions totaled $1,559,993.  At December
30, 1995, there were no remaining warrants outstanding.

     Other - During February 1996, the Company completed  private  placements of
an  aggregate  of  282,846  shares of its  Common  Stock for gross  proceeds  of
$20,208,758  to a  limited  number  of  domestic  individual  and  institutional
investors,  net of costs of  $33,500.  A  portion  of the  proceeds  was used to
acquire Catalina as described in Note 3.


                                      F-22
<PAGE>

     On January  20,  1992,  in  consideration  of the  payment by Union Bank of
Switzerland  (the "Bank") to the Company of $25,000,  the Company  issued to the
Bank a warrant  which,  entitled  the Bank or its assigns to  purchase  from the
Company  25,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  $26.00  per  share,   which  was
subsequently amended to $14.25 per share. The Warrant was exercised during March
1994, generating proceeds to the Company of $356,250.

     On February 11, 1994, the Company issued 25,000 shares of Common Stock,  at
$12.50 per share,  to a  consultant,  in  consideration  of payment of  $312,000
pursuant to the exercise of a warrant granted on August 12, 1992.

9.   COMMITMENTS

     The Company leases its various  facilities  under  noncancelable  operating
leases, many of which contain renewal options.  The agreements generally require
minimum monthly rents,  adjusted annually,  plus a pro rata share of real estate
taxes and certain other  expenses.  Total rental  expenses on the agreements was
$201,500, $296,000, and $517,900 for 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively.

     As of  December  28,  1996,  future  minimum  lease  payments  under  these
agreements were as follows:

                           1997                               $  414,545
                           1998                                  304,652
                           1999                                  217,286
                           2000                                  129,186
                                                              ----------
                           Total                              $1,065,669
                                                              ==========

     The Company is currently  constructing two new facilities;  a 60,000 square
foot  facility  in Tucson,  Arizona  for  Catalina,  and a 100,000  square  foot
manufacturing  facility  in Hudson,  New  Hampshire.  The  Hudson  manufacturing
facility  is expected  to  accommodate  the  Company's  new plate  manufacturing
operations,  which will utilize a new vacuum deposition coating system currently
being developed and built for the Company by Catalina,  along with the necessary
plate finishing and packaging  equipment.  The Company  estimates that the total
capital cost of these projects,  including land purchases,  to be  approximately
$30,000,000.

     During the year ended December 28, 1996, the Company expended approximately
$2,427,000  for the land  purchases and  approximately  $3,875,000  for the land
improvements  and  construction  of the two new  facilities.  As of December 28,
1996,  the  Company  had  outstanding   purchase  commitments  of  approximately
$7,280,000 with respect to the new facilities. In addition, the Company expended
approximately   $7,809,000  for  the  new  plate   manufacturing  and  packaging
equipment.  As of  December  28,  1996,  the Company  had  outstanding  purchase
commitments of approximately  $8,448,000 with respect to the plate manufacturing
and packaging equipment.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>


10.  HEIDELBERG AGREEMENTS

     In January 1991, the Company  entered into a master  agreement (The "Master
Agreement"),  a technology license agreement (the "Technology  License"),  and a
supply  agreement (the "Supply  Agreement")  which expired  December 1995;  (the
foregoing  agreements  being  sometimes  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Heidelberg  Agreements")  with  Heidelberg.  Pursuant to this series of related
agreements,  as  amended,  the Company and  Heidelberg  agreed to certain  terms
relating  to  the  integration  of  the  Company's  proprietary  Direct  Imaging
technology  into various  presses  manufactured by Heidelberg and certain of its
related parties (the "Heidelberg Presses") and the manufacture of components for
and the commercialization of such presses.

     Pursuant  to the  Heidelberg  Agreements,  the Company  granted  Heidelberg
certain exclusive rights, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, for
the use of the Direct Imaging  technology for the Quickmaster DI format size. In
consideration of such rights,  Heidelberg agreed to pay to the Company royalties
on the net sales prices of various specified types of Heidelberg Presses.

     The Heidelberg Agreements and Amendments further provide for the Company to
supply Direct  Imaging  systems to Heidelberg  at specified  rates,  among other
things,  engineering and  development  work based upon work projects and budgets
agreed to by the Company and Heidelberg.  The terms of the Heidelberg Agreements
are for  periods  ending  in  December  2011 in the  case of each of the  Master
Agreement and Technology License. The Heidelberg Agreements also contain,  among
other things, certain early termination provisions and extension provisions.

     The Company also granted  Heidelberg a forty-five  month exclusive  license
expiring in January  1997 for the  manufacture  and sale of the  Quickmaster  DI
which  uses  PEARL  technology.  After  the  initial  forty-five  month  period,
Heidelberg's rights remain exclusive subject to the Company's right to terminate
such  exclusivity on three months'  written notice to Heidelberg.  Certain other
modifications  have been made to the exclusive  arrangements  under the previous
agreements between Heildelberg and the Company which provide for a non-exclusive
license for the balance of the term of the original agreement.

     In  November  1995,  the  Company  and  Heidelberg  agreed  (the  "November
Agreement") to certain other arrangements  whereby the Company was provided with
incremental engineering revenue,  certain price increases,  and modifications of
the Quickmaster DI royalty  billing and payment terms by Heidelberg.  The Master
Agreement was also modified by the November Agreement to provide Heidelberg with
a fixed royalty rate on the  Quickmaster DI. These  arrangements  were made as a
result of a schedule  change  requested by Heidelberg in November 1995 to reduce
the number of PEARL imaging systems being manufactured by the Company each month
for Heidelberg from the amount then being produced.  The production schedule for
Quickmaster  DI imaging  systems was  subsequently  increased by  Heidelberg  in
September  1996,  requiring the Company to produce three systems per day (60 per
month)  commencing in April 1997.  In March 1997,  the  production  schedule was
further increased, requiring the Company to manufacture four systems per day (80
per month)  commencing in September 1997, and the Company and Heidelberg  agreed
to


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

a fixed  royalty  rate for the Direct  Imaging  systems,  subject to  Heidelberg
maintaining an exclusive license on the Quickmaster DI.

11.  OTHER INFORMATION



     On October 15, 1996, the Company was notified that an arbitration  panel of
the  International  Chamber  of  Commerce  issued  its Award in the  arbitration
proceeding  commenced  against the Company by AGFA Gevaert NV. ("Agfa") in June,
1995. The Award directs Agfa to transfer to the Company  Agfa's U.S.  Patent No.
5,378,580  including  its  underlying  applications,  return to the  Company all
copies of  confidential  information  that the  Company  provided  to Agfa,  and
reimburse  the  Company's  legal  expenses in the  arbitration  in the amount of
$769,140.  Agfa has  complied  with the  financial  terms of the  Award  and has
assigned to the Company the foregoing patent and underlying  applications.  Agfa
has also returned to the Company the  confidential  documents which Agfa asserts
constitutes  full  compliance  with its  obligation  to return such  material as
required by the Award.  The  arbitrators  rejected  the request for  affirmative
relief sought by Agfa in the arbitration.

     The Company has been advised that the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission")  has entered a formal  order of private  investigation  with
respect to activities by certain unnamed persons and entities in connection with
the securities of the Company.  The Company has been advised by its counsel that
the  investigation  includes,  among  other  things,  trading  in the  Company's
securities  as well as the  adequacy  and  accuracy  of  statements  made by the
Company and others.  In that  connection,  the Company and some of its officers,
directors and employees have received  subpoenas duces tecum  requesting them to
produce certain  documents and testify,  and have complied with those subpoenae.
The Company has not been advised by the Staff of the  Commission  that the Staff
intends to recommend to the Commission that it initiate a proceeding against the
Company in connection with the foregoing investigation.

     Since June 28, 1996,  several class action  lawsuits were filed against the
Company  and  certain  other  defendants,  including,  but  not  limited  to the
Company's officers and directors.

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

These  actions  have been  consolidated  in the  United  States  Distict  Court,
District of New Hampshire,  and a single consolidated amended complaint has been
filed by lead  counsel for the  plantiffs.  In  addition,  two actions have been
filed derivatively,  on behalf of the Company,  one in the Chancery Court of the
State of Delaware and the other in the United States District Court, District of
New Hamphsire.

     The lawsuits each contain a variety of allegations  including,  among other
things,  that the defendants  violated Section 10(b) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act")  and  Rule  10b-5  promulgated  thereunder,
violations of Section  20(a) of the Exchange  Act,  common law fraud and deceit,
negligent  misrepresentation  and waste of  corporate  assets.  The  allegations
include  claims  that  the  Company   issued  false  and  misleading   financial
statements,  and failed to properly disclose (a) adverse information  concerning
the Company's  patents;  (b) The nature and extent of the  investigation  by the
Securities and Exchange  Commission;  and (c) the backlog of orders from, supply
contracts  with, and orders  received by its principal  customer.  The Company's
officers and  directors  are alleged to have sold the  Company's  stock while in
possession of material  non-public  information.  The  plaintiffs  generally are
seeking to recover  unspecified  damages  and  reimbursement  of their costs and
expenses incurred in connection with the action.  Moreover, the plaintiff in the
derivative  action in  Delaware  is also  seeking a return to the Company of all
salaries  and the  value of other  remuneration  paid to the  defendants  by the
Company  during  the time they were in breach of their  fiduciary  duties and an
accounting of and/or  constructive  trust on the proceeds of defendants  trading
activities in the Common Stock.

     The Company intends to vigorously defend all actions.  However, the outcome
of any litigation is subject to uncertainty  and a successful  claim against the
Company,  in any of the foregoing actions,  could have a material adverse effect
on the  financial  position and results of  operations  of the  Company.  At the
present time, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the ultimate liability,  if
any, resulting from these lawsuits.  Accordingly, no provision for any liability
that may result has been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

12.  LINE OF CREDIT

     On December 18, 1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement with Citizens
Bank New Hampshire  for a revolving  line of credit loan under which the Company
may borrow a maximum of $10,000,000 for working capital requirements and general
corporate purposes. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of the Company's
assets and are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiary,  Catalina Coatings,  Inc.
and secured by its assets.  Under the terms of the revolving  credit  agreement,
the Company is required to meet certain  financial  covenants on a quarterly and
annual  basis.  Interest on the line of credit is payable at the LIBOR rate plus
1.75% (7.34% at December 28, 1996).  The loan  agreement  terminates on July 31,
1997,  at which  date,  the entire  principal  and  accrued  interest is due and
payable.  As of December 28, 1996, the Company had  $10,000,000  available under
the line.



                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                                 PRESSTEK, INC.

                                   SCHEDULE II
                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Balance at     Charged to        Charged to           Charges          Balance at
                                                   Beginning       Costs and       Other Account       Add (Deduct)          End
Year          Description                           of Year        Expenses          Describe           Describe           of Year
- ----          -----------                           -------        --------          --------           --------           -------
<S>     <C>                                        <C>          <C>               <C>                 <C>                   <C>
1994    Allowance for doubtful
            accounts                               $ 22,610     $         --      $         --        $          -- (1)     $ 22,610
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========
          Warranty reserve                           77,444            215,000              --              (93,360)(2)      199,084
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========
          Equipment replacement
             reserve                                400,980                --               --             (373,230)(3)       27,750
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========

1995    Allowance for doubtful
            accounts                                 22,610             57,502              --                 (112)(1)       80,000
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========
          Warranty reserve                          199,084            467,500              --              (65,370)(2)      601,214
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========
          Equipment replacement
             reserve                                 27,750            291,240              --              (27,750)(3)      291,240
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========

1996    Allowance for doubtful
            accounts                                 80,000            114,518              --              (10,667)(1)      183,851
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========
          Warranty reserve                          601,214            215,698              --              (302,892(2)      514,020
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========
          Equipment replacement
             reserve                                291,240                --               --             (291,240)(3)         --
                                                   ========     ==============    ==============     ==============         ========
</TABLE>


(1)     Allowance for doubtful accounts

(2)    Warranty expenditures

(3)    Equipment replacement

                                     FS - 1


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  the registrant has duly caused this report to this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                PRESSTEK, INC.

Dated:   March 27, 1997                        By:  /s/ Richard A. Williams
                                                    ------------------------
                                                         Richard A. Williams
                                                         Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  on the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Signature                             Title                                             Date
         ---------                             -----                                             ----
<S>                                 <C>                                                    <C>
 /s/ Richard A. Williams            Chief Executive Officer,                               March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------     Secretary and Director
Richard A. Williams                 (Principal Executive Officer)

 /s/ Robert E. Verrando             President, Chief Operating                             March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------     Officer and Director
Robert E. Verrando                  

 /s/ Robert Howard                  Chairman of the Board and                              March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------     Director
Robert Howard                       

 /s/ Dr. Lawrence Howard            Director                                               March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------
Dr. Lawrence Howard

 /s/ Harold N. Sparks               Director                                               March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------
Harold N. Sparks

 /s/ Bert DePamphilis               Director                                               March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------
Bert DePamphilis

 /s/ John W. Dreyer                 Director                                               March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------
John W. Dreyer

 /s/ Glenn J. DiBenedetto           Chief Financial Officer                                March 27, 1997
- -------------------------------     (Principal Financial and
Glenn J. DiBenedetto                Accounting Officer)
                                            
</TABLE>


                                      -50-

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

     IN CONSIDERATION of the covenants herein contained, 8-10 Commercial Street
Holdings Limited Liability Co. (hereinafter referred to as "Lessor") does hereby
lease to Presstek, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as "Lessee") and Lessee hereby
leases from Lessor the following described premises, hereinafter called the
"Leased Premises" upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

1.   PREMISES

     The building located at 8-10 Commercial Street, Hudson, NH, Essex County,
     containing approximately 24,000 square feet, more or less.

2.   TERM

     Unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, the term of this Lease
     shall be for a period of two (2) years commencing on March 16, 1996 and
     ending on March 15, 1998.

3.   BASE RENT

     Lessee shall pay to Lessor base rent at the rate of $114,000.00 dollars per
     year, payable in advance in monthly installments of $9,500.00* on the first
     day of each calendar month in advance, the first monthly payment to be made
     on execution of this Lease, including payment in advance for appropriate
     fractions of a monthly payment for any portion of a month at the
     commencement of said term or at the termination of this Lease, all payments
     to be made to Lessor or its agent, at P.O. Box 696, N. Hampton, NH 03862 or
     at such other place as Lessor shall from time to time in writing designate.

4.   ADJUSTMENTS TO BASE RENT

     If the "cost of living" has increased as shown by the Consumer Price Index
     (Boston, Massachusetts, All Items, All Urban Consumers, Base Year = 1967,
     United States Bureau of Labor Statistics), then the amount of base rent due
     hereunder during each calendar year of this Lease and any estensions
     thereof shall be annually adjusted in proportion to any increase in rent
     due on NA of each year during the lease term. The base month from which to
     determine the amount of each increase in the Index shall be NA which figure
     shall be compared with the figure for NA and each NA thereafter to
     determine the percentage increase, if any, in the base rent to be paid
     during the

- --------

*    3/16/97 to 3/15/98 $120,000/year or $10,000/month.


<PAGE>



     following calendar year. In no event, however, shall the base rental rate,
     as adjusted, be less than the base rent stated hereinabove. In the event
     that the publication of the Consumer Price Index as presently computed is
     discontinued as a measure of "cost of living" a comparable alternate index
     then in general use to compute such rental adjustment as provided herein.

5.   SECURITY DEPOSIT

     Lessee shall pay to Lessor a security deposit in the amount of -0- dollars
     upon the execution of this Lease, which shall be held as security for the
     Lessee's performance as provided herein and refunded to Lessee without
     interest within thirty (30) days of the expiration or earlier termination
     of this Lease subject to Lessee's satisfactory compliance with the
     conditions hereof. Lessor shall not be required to segregate any such sums
     held as a security deposit from other funds of the Lessor.

6.   USE OF PREMISES

     Lessee shall use the leased premises only for the purpose of research and
     development. Said use of the premises by Lessee shall be in accordance with
     and in compliance with Section 4.129 Industrial One (1) District as
     contained in the Zoning By-Laws of the Town of Hudson as amended from time
     to time.

7.   ADDITIONAL RENT

     (A) During each year of the initial term of this Lease and any renewal
     term, Lessee shall pay to Lessor, as additional rent, within twenty (20)
     days following notice thereof, Lessee's proportionate share of any and all
     real estate taxes assessed for with respect to the land and building of
     which the leased premises are a part for all tax periods wholly or
     partially included in the term of this Lease. The term "real estate taxes"
     shall mean the real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon the land and
     building of which the leased premises are a part, including, but not
     limited to, any and all other taxes, levies, betterments, assessments and
     charges arising from the ownership and/or the operation of the building
     which are or shall be imposed by Federal, State, Municipal or other
     authorities, and which are or may become a lien upon said land and
     building. If due to a future change in the method of taxation, any
     franchise, income or profit tax shall be levied against Lessor in
     substitution for or in lieu of any tax which would otherwise constitute a
     real estate tax or if a specific tax on rentals from the building shall be
     levied against Lessor, such franchise, rental, income or profit tax shall
     be deemed to constitute real estate taxes for the purposes hereof.

                                       -2-


<PAGE>



     Lessee's proportionate share of any such real estate taxes shall be a sum
     equal to 100% percent of such real estate taxes as defined hereinabove.

     (B) During each year of the initial term of this Lease and any renewal
     term, Lessee shall pay to Lessor at the times set forth in this paragraph
     Lessee's share of Lessor's operating costs for the land and buildings of
     which the leased premises are a part. Lessee's proportionate share of any
     such operating costs shall be a sum equal to 100% percent of the total of
     the Lessor's operating costs. Lessor's operating costs shall include,
     without limitation, utilities, supplies, janitorial services, employees
     wages, social security and employment insurance contributions, union
     benefits, rubbish removal, snow and ice removal, maintenance and
     replacement of landscaping, and premiums for public liability and property,
     damage, fire, extended coverage insurance, and all costs of any kind paid
     or incurred by Lessor in operating, cleaning, equipping, protecting,
     lighting, repairing, replacing, heating, air conditioning and maintaining
     the land and/or building of which the leased premises are a part or any
     portion thereof. These Costs shall also include a reasonable reserve for
     repair and replacement of equipment used in the maintenance and operation
     of the building and all costs except those properly charged as a capital
     expense and depreciation of the original cost of construction. Lessee shall
     pay to Lessor the amount of Lessee's share of said operating costs within
     thirty (30) days after written notice from Lessor.

     (C) Lessee shall pay interest, at an annual rate of eighteen (18%) percent
     from the date due, for any installment of rent or other payment which is
     not received by Lessor within ten (10) days of said due date.

8.   UTILITIES

     Lessor shall provide equipment required to adequately heat the leased
     premises and to cool any office areas in the leased premises for normal
     uses in season. Lessee shall pay directly all charges for utilities,
     including but not limited to, heat, electricity, water, and telephone, used
     on the leased premises. No plumbing or electrical work of any type shall be
     done without Lessor's approval and the appropriate municipal permit and
     inspector's approval. Lessee hereby acknowledges that water connections are
     provided by Lessor for domestic sanitary purposes only and no process water
     usage shall be permitted on the leased premises.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



9.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     Lessee acknowledges that no trade, occupation, or activity shall be
     conducted in the leased premises or use made thereof which will be
     unlawful, improper, noisy or offensive or contrary to any law or any
     municipal by-law or ordinance in force in the city or town in which the
     premises are situated. Lessee shall keep all employees working in the
     leased premises covered with Workmen's Compensation insurance, and Lessee
     shall be responsible for causing the premises and any work conducted
     therein to be in full compliance with the Occupational Safety and Health
     Act of 1970 and any amendments thereof.

10.  FIRE INSURANCE

     Lessee shall not permit any use of the leased premises which will make
     voidable any insurance on the property of which the leased premises are a
     part or on the contents of said property or which would be contrary to any
     law or regulation from time to time established by the Insurance Services
     Office (or successor), local fire department or any similar body. Lessee
     shall on demand reimburse Lessor and all other tenants for all additional
     insurance premiums caused by Lessee's use of the premises. Lessee shall not
     vacate the leased premises or permit the same to be unoccupied other during
     Lessee's customary non-business days or hours.

11.  MAINTENANCE

     Lessor agrees to keep in good order, condition and repair the roof, (but
     not the inside surface thereof), foundations and structural portions of the
     premises, to the extent the same were originally constructed by Lessor,
     excepting any glass in the leased premises and any condition in the
     premises caused by any act or neglect of the Lessee or any employee, agent,
     servant or contractor of Lessee. Without limitation, Lessor shall not be
     responsible for the making of any improvements or repairs in the premises
     other than as expressly provided herein. Further, Lessor shall never be
     liable for any failure to make repairs which, under the provisions of this
     section or elsewhere in this lease, Lessor has undertaken to make unless
     Lessee has given notice to Lessor of the need to make such repairs, or of a
     condition of the premises requiring repair and Lessor has failed to
     commence to make such repairs within a reasonable time after receipt of
     such notice. Lessee agrees to maintain at its expense all other aspects of
     the leased premises in the same condition as they are at the commencement
     of the term or as they may be put in during the term of this Lease, normal
     wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty only excepted, and
     whenever necessary, to replace light bulbs, plate glass and other glass
     therein, acknowledging

                                       -4-


<PAGE>



     that the leased premises are now in good order and the light bulbs and
     glass whole. Lessee will properly control or vent all solvents, degreasers,
     or other similar substances, and shall not cause the areas surrounding the
     leased premises to be in anything other than a neat and clean condition,
     depositing all waste in appropriate receptacles. Lessee shall not permit
     the leased premises to he overloaded, damaged, stripped or defaced nor
     suffer any waste and will not keep animals in the leased premises. Any
     maintenance which is necessitated by some specific aspect of Lessee's use
     of the premises shall be at Lessee's expense.

12.  ALTERATIONS

     Lessee shall not make any structural changes, alterations or additions to
     the leased premises, but Lessee shall have the right, at its expense, from
     time to time, having first obtained Lessor's written consent thereto (which
     consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to make non-structural
     alterations, additions and changes in the leased premises; provided,
     however, that such alterations and changes shall not injure the safety of
     the structure of the leased premises, nor diminish its value and shall be
     done in a good and workmanlike manner in a quality at least equal to the
     present construction, and provided further that only upon Lessor's request,
     Lessee, at the expiration or other termination of this Lease, shall restore
     the leased premises or Lessor designated portions thereof, to their
     original condition. Except as otherwise provided, upon expiration or
     earlier termination of this Lease, any such alteration, addition or change
     not required by Lessor to be removed shall become part of the real estate
     and the property of Lessor. Maintenance of such improvements installed by
     Lessee shall be Lessee's exclusive responsibility. Lessee shall not permit
     any mechanic's liens or similar liens to remain upon the leased premises in
     connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been
     performed at the direction of the Lessee and shall cause any such lien to
     be released or removed forthwith without cost to Lessor. Lessee further
     covenants and agrees to save Lessor harmless and indemnified from all
     injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property occasioned by or
     arising out of any such work.

13.  ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASING

     Lessee shall not assign this Lease nor sublet or allow any other firm or
     individual to occupy the whole or any part of the leased premises without
     Lessor's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
     withheld. Notwithstanding any such consent, Lessee shall remain directly
     and primarily liable to Lessor for the payment of all rent and the full
     performance of the covenants and conditions of this Lease.

                                       -5-


<PAGE>


14.  SUBORDINATION

     This Lease, and Lessee's interest hereunder, shall be subordinate to the
     lien of any present or future mortgage or mortgages upon the leased
     premises or any property of which the leased premises are a part
     irrespective of the time of execution of the time or recording of any such
     mortgage or mortgages. The word "mortgage" as used in this Article shall
     mean mortgages, deeds of trust, and any other similar instruments in the
     nature of a mortgage, and all modifications, extensions, renewals and
     replacements thereof, and any and all advances thereunder. Lessee shall,
     when requested, promptly execute and deliver such written instruments as
     shall be necessary to show the subordination of this Lease to said
     mortgages or other such instruments in the nature of a mortgage, and in any
     event, Lessee hereby appoints Lessor attorney-in-fact irrevocable of Lessee
     to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all further instruments
     required to affect any such subordination, if required by the holder of any
     mortgage or other such instrument in the nature of a mortgage. If at any
     time during the term hereof, or any extension thereof, Lessor shall hold
     the demised premises as Lessee or tenant from any person, firm or
     corporation owning the fee thereof, whether such leasehold or tenancy shall
     come or have come into existence before, after or simultaneously with the
     commencement of the term hereof, then this Lease and all the terms,
     provisions and covenants herein contained shall be subject and subordinate
     to such Lease (the "Overlease") whereby Lessor holds the leased premises,
     and Lessee covenants that it will not do or permit to be done on or with
     respect to the leased premises any act or anything whatsoever which may be
     a violation of the terms of the Overlease, and Lessee further covenants and
     agrees that upon the termination of the Overlease for any reason
     whatsoever, other than the voluntary unilateral act of Lessor, or the
     agreement of Less and such Overlandlord, this Lease and all obligations
     thereunder not then accrued shall at Lessor's sole election, cease and
     determine.

15.  LESSOR'S ACCESS

     Lessor shall have the right to enter the leased premises at all reasonable
     hours for the purpose of inspecting or making repairs to the same, and
     Lessor shall also have the right to make access available at all reasonable
     hours to prospective or existing mortgagees or purchasers of the leased
     premises or the property of which the leased premises are a part. For a
     period commencing nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the term of
     this Lease, Lessor shall have reasonable access at all reasonable hours to
     the leased premises for the purpose of exhibiting the same to prospective
     tenants.

                                       -6-


<PAGE>



16.  SNOW REMOVAL

17.  RUBBISH REMOVAL

18.  COMMON AREAS AND PARKING

     Lessee shall have the right, without additional charge, to use up to all
     available parking spaces in the parking facilities provided for the leased
     premises, stairs, walkways or other areas in common with the others
     entitled to the use thereof for reasonable access to the leased premises.
     Said parking areas plus any stairs, walkways or other common areas shall in
     all cases be considered extensions of the leased premises to the extent
     that they are utilized by Lessee, or Lessee's employees, visitors or
     business invitees. Lessee shall not obstruct in any manner any portion of
     the building or the walkways or approaches to said building and will
     conform to all reasonable rules and regulations now or hereafter made by
     Lessor for parking and for the care, use, or alteration of the building,
     its facilities and approaches. Lessee further warrants that Lessee will not
     permit any employee or visitor to violate this or any other covenant or
     obligation of Lessee. No vehicle shall be stored or left in any parking
     area for more than three (3) nights without Lessor's written approval.
     Unregistered or disabled vehicles or storage trailers of any type may not
     be parked overnight at any time. Lessee agrees to assume all expense and
     risk for the towing of any misparked vehicle belonging to Lessee or
     Lessee's agents, employees, business invitees or callers at any time.
     Lessor shall have the right form time to time, to (A) change the size of
     any common facility, (B) change the location and nature or any common
     facility, (C) make, and from time to time change, reasonable rules and
     regulations relating to the use of the common facilities, (D) employ police
     officers to enforce such rules and regulations and to regulate the conduct
     of persons using the common facilities, (E) designate specific parking
     areas or other facilities or portions thereof for use by occupants of the
     leased premises and their employees and agents and to change from time to
     time the arrangement of parking areas, (F) temporarily close any common
     facilities to make repairs or changes or to prevent the acquisition of
     easements or a dedication to public use, or to discourage use of such
     facilities by anyone not entitled thereto, and (G) do any other act or
     thing respecting the common facilities which in Lessor's sole judgment may
     be desirable to improve the convenience and utility of the common
     facilities to the occupants of the premises and their customers.

                                       -7-



<PAGE>



19.  INDEMNIFICATION

     Lessee shall save Lessor harmless and indemnified, to the extent permitted
     by law, from and against any and all claims, actions, loss, damages,
     liability and expense in connection with loss of life, personal injury
     and/or damage to property arising out of or resulting from any occurrence
     in, upon or at the leased premises or the occupancy or use by Lessee or the
     leased premises or any part thereof, or anywhere, if occasioned wholly or
     in part by any act, neglect, failure to perform the obligations imposed by
     this Lease or any breach thereof, or omission of Lessee, its agents,
     contractors, employees, servants, licensees, concessionaires, or any other
     persons occupying space in the leased premises. In case Lessor shall be
     made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Lessee, then Lessee
     shall protect and hold Lessor harmless and indemnified from and against and
     shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees incurred or
     paid by Lessor in connection with such litigation. Lessee agrees that
     Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee or anyone claiming under Lessee for
     any injury, loss or damage by or resulting from the act or negligence of
     any occupant of adjoining premises, upper stories, or any other part of the
     building of which the leased premises are a part.

20.  LESSEE'S LIABILITY INSURANCE

     During the term of this Lease and any extension thereof, Lessee, at
     Lessee's own expense shall maintain or cause to be procured and maintained,
     in the names of Lessor and Lessee, a policy or policies of general
     liability insurance against claims and damages in connection with the
     premises in amount of not less than One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars
     with respect to injuries or deaths suffered in any one accident and in the
     amount of not less than Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000.00) Dollars with
     respect to damage to property. Lessee covenants and agrees that Lessee,
     will upon demand, as often as reasonably requested by Lessor, furnish to
     Lessor a complete list, statement and description of all insurance,
     together with certificates from each insurance company issuing any thereof,
     that the same is in full force and effect, that all premiums have been
     paid, and that the same will not be cancelled except upon ten (10) days
     written notice to Lessor by registered or certified mail, return receipt
     requested.

21.  FIRE, CASUALTY, EMINENT DOMAIN

     Should a substantial portion of the leased premises, or of the property of
     which they are a part, be substantially damaged by fire or other casualty,
     or be taken by eminent domain, Lessor may elect to terminate this Lease.
     When such

                                       -8-


<PAGE>



     fire, casualty or taking renders the leased premises unsuitable for their
     intended use, a just and proportionate abatement of rent shall be made and
     Lessee may elect to terminate Lease if: (A) Lessor fails to give written
     notice within thirty (30) days of its intention to restore the leased
     premises or (B) Lessor fails to restore the leased premises in a condition
     substantially suitable for their intended use within one hundred and eighty
     (180) days of said fire, casualty or taking. Lessor reserves and the Lessee
     grants to Lessor all rights which the Lessee may have for damages or injury
     to the leased premises for any taking by eminent domain, except for damage
     to Lessee's fixtures, property or equipment.

22.  BROKERAGE

     Lessee warrants and represents to Lessor that Lessee has dealt with no
     broker or third party with respect to this Lease and Lessee agrees to
     indemnify Lessor against any brokerage claims arising by virtue of this
     Lease. Lessor warrants and represents to Lessee that Lessor has employed no
     exclusive agent in connection with the letting of the leased premises.

23.  SIGNS

     Lessee shall not erect any sign on the leased premises without the written
     consent of the Lessor, and in the event of Lessor's consent, Lessee shall
     only place such signs as shall be purchased directly from Lessor and shall
     be of such size, style, color, and wording and in such location as Lessor
     shall in its sole discretion deem necessary in order to maintain an
     aesthetically pleasing appearance for the land and building of which the
     leased premises are a part.

24.  DEFAULT, BANKRUPTCY AND ACCELERATION OF RENT

     In the event that, (A) Lessee shall be declared bankrupt or insolvent
     according to law, or if any assignment shall be made of Lessee's property
     for the benefit of creditors or, (B) Lessee shall default in the payment of
     his security deposit or any installment of rent or of any invoice for goods
     or services or other sums herein specified and such default shall continue
     for ten (10) days after written notice thereof, or (C) Lessee shall default
     in the observance or performance of any other of Lessee's covenants,
     agreements or obligations hereunder and the effect of any such default
     shall not have been cured or Lessee shall not have commenced and diligently
     prosecuted the same at all times thereafter within thirty (30) days after
     written notice of said default from the Lessor, or (D) Lessee vacates the
     premises or permits them to be unoccupied for more than ten (10) days, then
     Lessor shall have the

                                       -9-


<PAGE>


     right thereafter while such default continues, and without demand or
     further notice, to re-enter and take complete possession of the leased
     premises, to declare the term of this Lease ended and to remove Lessee's
     effects without being guilty of any manner of trespass and without
     prejudice to any remedies which might be otherwise used for arrears of rent
     or other default or breach of covenant. Lessee shall indemnity Lessor
     against all loss of rent and other payments which Lessor may incur by
     reason of such termination during the remainder of the term. If Lessee
     shall default, in the observance or performance of any conditions or
     covenants on Lessee's part to be observed or performed under or by virtue
     of any of the provisions in any Article of this Lease, Lessor, upon ten
     (10) days written notice to Lessee, without being under any obligation to
     do so and without thereby waiving such default, may remedy the same for the
     account of and at the expense of Lessee. If Lessor pays or incurs any
     obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including,
     but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees in instituting, prosecuting
     or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations
     incurred, with interest at the rate of eighteen (18%) percent per annum and
     costs, shall be paid to Lessor by Lessee as additional rent. Upon default
     of this Lease by Lessee, and because the payment of rent in monthly
     installments is for the sole convenience of Lessee, the entire balance of
     rent which will accrue hereunder shall at the option of the Lessor become
     immediately due and payable. Lessee further agrees to pay all reasonable
     attorney's fees incurred by Lessor in enforcing any and all obligations of
     Lessee under this Lease at any time.

25.  NOTICE

     All notices or other communications shall be deemed given and delivered to
     the respective parties three (3) days after mailed by registered or
     certified mail, postage and registration or certification charges prepaid,
     addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth hereinabove, except
     that either party may, by written notice to the other, designate another
     address which shall thereupon become the effective address of such party
     for the purposes of this paragraph.

26.  OCCUPANCY

     In the event that Lessee takes possession of said premises prior to the
     commencement of the term of this Lease, Lessee covenants and agrees to
     perform and observe all of Lessee's covenants herein from the date upon
     which Lessee takes possession except its obligation for the payment of
     additional rents for any period of less than one month. In the event that
     Lessee remains after the agreed expiration

                                      -10-


<PAGE>



     date of this Lease without the written permission of Lessor, then all other
     terms of this Lease shall continue to apply except that Lessee shall be
     liable to Lessor for any and all loss, damages or expenses incurred by
     Lessor, and rent shall be due in monthly installments at a rate of one
     hundred and fifty (150%) percent of that which would otherwise be due under
     this Lease, it being understood between the parties that such extended
     occupancy as a tenant at sufferance is solely for the benefit and
     convenience of Lessee and as such has greater value.

27.  FIRE PREVENTION

     Lessee agrees to use every reasonable precaution against fire and agrees to
     provide and maintain approved, labelled fire extinguishers and emergency
     lighting equipment within the leased premises as required or recommended by
     the Insurance Services Office (or successor organization), OSHA or local
     authorities.

28.  OUTSIDE AREA

     No goods or things of any type or description shall be held or stored
     outside the leased premises at any time without the express written
     approval of Lessor.

29.  ENVIRONMENT

     Lessee will so conduct and operate the leased premises as not to interfere
     in any manner with the use and enjoyment of other portions of the same or
     neighboring buildings by other by reason of odors, smells, noise,
     accumulation of garbage or trash, vermin or other pests or otherwise, and
     will at its expense employ a professional pest control service if
     necessary. Lessee agrees to maintain efficient and effective devices for
     preventing damage to heating equipment from harmful solvents, degreasers,
     cutting oils, and similar substances which may be used within the premises.
     No hazardous waste or chemical waste of any sort shall be stored or allowed
     to remain within the leased premises at any time.

30.  RESPONSIBILITY

     Lessor shall not be held liable to anyone for loss or damage caused in any
     way by the use, leakage or escape of water, for cessation of any service or
     utility rendered customarily to said premises or buildings or agreed to by
     the terms of this Lease, due to any accident, to the making of repairs,
     alterations or improvements, to labor difficulties, weather conditions, or
     mechanical breakdowns, to trouble or scarcity in obtaining fuel,
     electricity, service or supplies from the

                                      -11-


<PAGE>



     sources which they are usually obtained for said building or to any cause
     beyond the Lessor's immediate control.

31.  SURRENDER

     Lessee shall at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease remove
     all of Lessee's goods and effects from the leased premises. Lessee shall
     deliver to Lessor the leased premises and all keys, locks thereto, and
     other fixtures and equipment connected therewith and all alterations
     additions and improvements made to or upon the leased premises except those
     requested by Lessor to be removed including, but not limited to, any
     offices, partitions, plumbing and plumbing fixtures, air conditioning
     equipment and duct work of any type, exhaust or heaters, water coolers,
     burglar alarms, telephone wiring, air or gas distribution piping,
     compressors, overhead cranes, hoists, trolleys or conveyors, counters or
     sides attached to the walls or floors and all electrical work, including
     but not limited to lighting fixtures of any type, wiring conduits,
     distribution panels, bus ducts, raceways, outlets and disconnects. Lessee
     shall deliver the leased premises in a clean and neat order and in the same
     condition as they were at the commencement of the term, or as they were put
     in during the term hereof, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or
     other casualty only excepted. In the event of Lessee's failure to remove
     any and of Lessee's property from the leased premises, Lessor is hereby
     authorized, without liability to Lessee for loss or damage thereto, and at
     the sole risk of Lessee, to remove and store any such property at Lessee's
     expense, or to retain the same under Lessor's control, or to sell at public
     or private sale, without notice, any or all of the property not so removed
     and to apply the net proceeds from such sale to the payment of any sum due
     hereunder, or to destroy such property which shall be conclusively deemed
     to have been abandoned.

32.  WAIVER

     One or more waivers of any covenant, condition or agreement contained
     herein shall not be construed as a waiver of a further breach of the same
     covenant, condition or agreement or of any other covenant, condition or
     agreement, and a consent or approval by one party to any act by the other
     such consent or approval shall not be deemed a waiver or render unnecessary
     consent or approval to any subsequent similar act.

33.  NO ABATEMENT OF RENT

     The obligation of Lessee to make all payments of rent and any additional
     rent in the form of real estate taxes, operating costs or otherwise shall
     be absolute and

                                      -12-


<PAGE>



     unconditional and shall not be subject to set off, recoupment or
     counterclaim, except as expressly set forth herein.

34.  BENEFIT

     All covenants, agreements, conditions and undertakings under this Lease
     shall extend to and be binding upon the legal representatives, successors
     and assigns of the respective parties hereto.

35.  GENERAL

     (A) Every term and provision of this Lease shall be deemed of the essence
     and every breach thereof material to the Lessor.

     (B) All representations, warranties and agreements of the parties in this
     Lease shall be deemed special, unique and extraordinary, and any breach
     thereof by the parties shall be deemed to cause the other party irreparable
     injury not properly compensable by damages in an action of law, and the
     rights and remedies of the parties hereunder may therefore be enforced both
     at law and in equity, by injunction or otherwise.

     (C) All rights and remedies of each party shall be cumulative, and not
     alternative, in addition to and not exclusive of any other right or remedy
     to which such party may be lawfully entitled in case of any breach or
     threatened breach of any terms or provisions herein except as otherwise
     expressly provided herein.

     (D) The rights and remedies of each party shall be continuing and not
     exhausted by any one or more uses thereof, and may be exercised at any time
     or from time to time and as often as may be expedient; and any option or
     election to enforce any such right or remedy may be exercised or changed at
     any time or from time to time.

     (E) This Lease sets forth the entire agreement by the parties, and no
     custom, act, forebearance, or words of silence at any time, gratuitous or
     otherwise, shall impose any additional obligation or liability upon either
     party or waive or release either party from any default or from the
     performance or fulfillment of any obligation or liability, or operate as
     against either party as a supplement, alteration, amendment or change of
     any term or provision set forth herein, including this clause, unless set
     forth in a written instrument duly executed by such party expressly stating
     that it is intended to impose such an additional obligation or liability or
     to constitute such a waiver or

                                      -13-


<PAGE>



     release, or that it is intended to operate as such a supplement,
     alteration, amendment or change.

     (F) If any term or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to
     any person, property or circumstance shall to any extent be invalid or
     unenforceable, the remaining terms and provision shall not be affected
     thereby, and each term and provision or this Lease shall be valid and
     enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     (G) The various headings of this Lease Agreement are inserted for
     convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation or this
     Agreement or any provision hereof.

     (H) This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State
     of New Hampshire.

36.  OPTION TO RENEW

     In the event that Lessee is not in default of any of the provisions of this
     Lease at the time of its exercise of the option hereunder and for the
     period of time continuing to the expiration of the initial term or the
     renewal term, if any, the Lessee shall have the right and option to extend
     the Lease for one (1) additional term of two (2) years each by giving
     written notice of its desire to so extend this Lease two hundred and
     seventy (270) days at least prior to the expiration of the initial term or
     any such renewal term. Upon the giving of any such notice, the term of this
     Lease shall automatically be extended for an additional period of two (2)
     years without the necessity for the execution of any other instrument in
     confirmation thereof. Lessor and Lessee shall execute and deliver any such
     instrument in recordable form as either may reasonably request for the
     purpose of confirming this Lease and the exercise of any such extension
     right. Except for the rights of extension which have theretofore been
     exercised and the rent payable during any such extension period, any such
     extension shall be upon all of the same terms, conditions and provisions
     herein contained. References in this Lease to the term hereof shall be
     deemed to include any renewal term for which the original term may be so
     extended. The base rent due and payable by Lessee during any such renewal
     term shall be in an amount as shall be mutually agreed upon by Lessor and
     Lessee prior to the commencement of said renewal term.

37.  RULES AND REGULATIONS

     Lessee agrees to comply with the rules and regulations set forth in the
     Exhibit attached to this Lease (as tho same may be amended from time to
     time) as to the use and/or occupancy of the leased premises and land and
     buildings of which the

                                      -14-


<PAGE>



     same form a part, and the same are incorporated by reference herein and
     made a part of this Lease.

38.  NOTICE TO VACATE

     Lessee will, in writing, give Lessor notice to vacate said premises within
     sixty (60) days prior to expiration of lease.

     If written notice is not received by Lessor within sixty (60) days prior to
     expiration of lease, Lessee will be responsible for monthly rental payments
     for sixty (60) days after Lessor has received such notice to vacate
     premises.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lessor and Lessee have caused these presents to be
executed on this 16th day of April 1996, intending this document to take effect
as a sealed instrument.

                                               LESSOR:

/s/ Sandra L. York                              /s/ Peter B. Hosmer
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------------
Witness                                         Peter B. Hosmer, Manager
                                                8-10 Commercial Street
                                                Holdings Limited Liability
                                                Company

                                                LESSEE:

/s/ Richard S. Lawler                       BY: /s/ Richard A. Williams
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------------
Witness

/s/ Jennifer McKay Tardif
- --------------------------------- 
Witness

                                      -15-


<PAGE>



                          RULES AND REGULATIONS EXHIBIT

1.   In the event that Lessee shall desire to place any shades, coverings,
     decorations, or the like upon any windows in the leased premises, Lessee
     shall only utilize vertical blinds for such purposes, which blinds shall
     first be approved by Lessor, said approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

2.   Lessee hereby acknowledges that Lessor maintains high pressure sodium
     lights on or about the leased premises which provide exterior lighting for
     the safety and convenience of all of the Lessor's tenants and a portion of
     said high pressure sodium lights are regulated by circuit breakers located
     within the leased premises. Lessee shall not, at any time during this Lease
     or any extension thereof, in any manner interfere with the automatic on/off
     device for said high pressure sodium lights nor shall Lessee at any time
     interfere with the electricity being provided to said lights or place the
     circuit breakers within the leased premises in such a position as to
     prevent electricity from being provided to said lights.

3.   Lessee shall not obstruct any pedestrian walks, entrances, or exits to the
     building in which the leased premises are situated, or any common areas or
     facilities, with anything, or in any manner whatsoever, and shall not
     obstruct any and all entrances, exits curb cuts, or walks serving the land
     and building of which the leased premises are a part, nor create or suffer
     any hazardous condition therein or thereon.

4.   Lessee shall not leave, place, or dispose of any litter, refuse, garbage,
     or thing outside the leased premises other than garbage or refuse in
     containers or receptacles expressly designated by Lessor for that purpose,
     as and where so designated. All refuse and garbage shall be removed by
     Lessor from the leased premises and deposited and disposed of in
     containers, in a manner and at times acceptable to Lessor.

5.   Receiving, shipping, loading, and unloading by Lessee shall be done at the
     loading dock or docks serving the leased premises, and Lessee, and its
     employees, agents or invitees shall exercise due care and safety
     precautions with respect to the same.

6.   Lessee shall not conduct, advertise or suffer the occurrence of any auction
     sale, bankruptcy sale, going out of business sale, distress sale, or the
     like at the leased premises or at the land and buildings of which the
     leased premises are a part.

7.   Lessee shall keep the leased premises clean and free of refuse at all
     times, shall paint the interior of the leased


<PAGE>



     premises when reasonably necessary, and shall use pest extermination as and
     when required and whenever Lessor shall direct.

8.   Lessor shall comply with all applicable laws and governmental authorities
     regarding the use and occupancy of the leased premises as said laws may for
     time to time appear and/or be amended.

9.   Lessee shall keep and maintain temperatures at the leased premises
     sufficiently high to prevent freezing of, or interference with, any flow in
     pipes in, at, and about the leased premises.

10.  Lessee shall not attach, display, or maintain on the outer walls, doors,
     windows, or roof of the leased premises or the building of which the same
     from a part, any sign, awning, aerial, lettering matter or thing of any
     time without Lessor's prior written consent which consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld. In the event Lessor grants approval to Lessee for
     the display or erection of any sign, display or lettering, Lessee shall
     maintain and keep the same in good repair, good appearance and good working
     order at all times and make all replacements thereto as and when required
     to keep the same in such condition.

11.  Lessee shall not use any sound device which shall be deemed objectionable
     to Lessor or other tenants, including, but not limited to loud speakers,
     microphones, transmitters, amplifiers, or phonographs, which sounds can be
     heard from outside of the leased premises.

12.  Lessee shall not do anything which may damage the personal property of any
     business or occupant at the building in which the leased premises are
     located or any part thereof, or be a nuisance to other tenants located
     therein.

13.  The plumbing facilities, drains and lines in or about the leased premises
     shall not be used by Lessee or anyone under its control for any purpose any
     than that for which they were constructed, nor shall Lessee put (or dispose
     of) any foreign substance therein of a kind other than that for which such
     facility was specifically designed, or permit such event to occur; and all
     costs and expenses of repairing, replacing or restoring said facilities or
     equipment by reason of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from a
     violation of this provision shall be borne by Lessee.

14.  Lessee shall not burn any trash or garbage of any kind in or about the
     leased premises, the building and land of which leased premises are a part,
     or within one thousand feet of the outside property lines of said land and
     building.

                                       -2-


<PAGE>



15.  Lessee shall not use nor suffer the use of the respective portions of the
     land of which leased premises are a part for any purposes other than those
     designated by Lessor, to wit: parking areas for parking of vehicles used in
     the business conducted in the leased premises, employee parking, and
     parking for business invitees; loading docks for the loading and unloading
     of vehicles transporting material or equipment to or from the leased
     premises; and curb cut and turn around areas for the unobstructed passage
     of vehicles of and from said areas.


                                       -3-




                                      LEASE

This Agreement made in duplicate this 27th day of September 1996, between
Leonard A. Worden having his principal place of business at Hudson, County of
Hillsborough and State of New Hampshire, hereinafter called LESSOR, and
Presstek, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business
at Hudson, County of Hillsborough, and State of New Hampshire, hereinafter
called the LESSEE.

The LESSOR hereby leases to the LESSEE for the term of four (4) years, beginning
OCTOBER 1, 1996, and ending September 30, 2000, (unless renewal option is
exercised), the building (the "Building") and land, located on Commercial
Avenue, Hudson, New Hampshire, known as 9 Commercial Avenue, more particularly
described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Property"),
consisting of thirty six thousand (36,000) square feet in the Building, referred
to herein as the "Leased Premises", on the Property with a right to use the
parking spaces on the Property, subject to right of others to cross the back
parking lot as required.

The LESSEE agrees to pay the sum of one-hundred forty eight thousand eight
hundred dollars ($148,800) per year effective October 1, 1996, payable monthly
in advance at the rate of twelve thousand four hundred dollars ($12,400) per
month for the term of said Lease. Said rent will be known as the Base Rent. In
addition, the LESSEE shall also pay as rent real estate taxes assessed against
the Property which LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR at the rate of two thousand two
hundred twenty six dollars ($2,226) per month effective October 1, 1996, until
the tax bill for the year 1996 is sent out, at which time an adjustment will be
made for the 1996 taxes, and the LESSEE will start paying monthly to the LESSOR
said 1996 real estate taxes in escrow toward the 1996 taxes. Effective October
1, 1997 and henceforth on October 1, the rent will be increased by five per cent
(5%) per annum.

This lease is made upon the following terms, conditions and covenants:

(1) ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING: This Lease shall not be assigned nor sublet
without the written consent of the LESSOR first endorsed hereon, said consent
not to be unreasonably withheld. Provided, however, LESSEE may assign or sublet
this Lease without the consent of the LESSOR to (a) an entity which is
controlled by the LESSEE, or (b) the purchaser of all or substantially all of
the LESSEE'S assets.

(2) PROHIBITION AGAINST WASTE: LESSEE accepts said Leased premises in their
present condition and agrees to keep the entire premises in good and clean
condition subject to ordinary wear and tear, taking by eminent domain and damage
due to fire or


<PAGE>



casualty; to commit no waste thereon and to repay the LESSOR the cost of all
repairs made necessary by the careless use of said premises by the fault of the
LESSEE, its invites, and licensees; and to surrender the premises at the
termination hereof in like condition as when taken, ordinary wear and tear,
taking by eminent domain and damage due to fire, casualty or the elements
excepted.

(3) USE: LESSEE may use and occupy the Leased Premises for any lawful purpose
and shall not use nor knowingly permit any part of the Leased Premises to be
used for any unlawful purposes. LESSOR represents and warrants that the Leased
Premises are zoned for industrial uses.

(4) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: LESSEE at its sole expense shall comply with all laws,
orders, and regulations of federal, state or municipal authorities related to
its use of the Leased Premises, and with any directions of public officer made
pursuant thereto, which shall impose any duty upon the LESSOR or the LESSEE with
respect to the Leased Premises. LESSEE shall have no duty to comply with any
laws, orders or regulations of federal, state or municipal authorities unrelated
to its use of the Lease Premises or with any directions of any public officers
made pursuant thereto which shall impose any duty upon the LESSOR OR LESSEE with
respect to the Property, including the Leased Premises, which are unrelated to
the LESSEE'S use of the Leased Premises. LESSOR covenants that the Property,
including the Leased Premises, is or will be, on the commencement date of the
term hereof in full compliance with all such laws, orders and regulations and
directions. The LESSEE, at its sole expense, shall obtain all licenses or
permits which may be required for the conduct of its business within the terms
of this lease, or for the making of repairs, alteration, improvements, or
additions, and the LESSOR where necessary, will join with the LESSEE in applying
for all such permits or licenses.

(5) ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, AND IMPROVEMENTS: LESSEE shall make no alterations,
additions or improvements to Leased Premises without in each case the prior
written consent of the LESSOR. If the LESSOR consents, any such alterations,
additions, or improvements shall become and remain part of the Leased Premises
and remain the property of the LESSOR upon the termination of the Lease except
those alterations, additions or improvements which are removed from the Leased
Premises pursuant to the terms of Section (6) hereof. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, LESSEE shall be permitted, without the consent
of LESSOR, to make such alterations, additions or improvements to the Leased
Premises which do not affect the structure of the Building and do not cost in
excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000).

(6) CONDITION OF LEASED PREMISES AT END OF TERM: At the expiration or sooner
termination of the term, LESSEE shall vacate

                                       -2-


<PAGE>



the Leased Premises in the same good order and repair as such property shall
have been received, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall remove all its
property therefrom so that the LESSOR can repossess the Leased Premises not
later than midnight on the date upon which this Lease or any extension thereof
ends, whether upon notice or by otherwise as for the breach of any condition or
covenant of this Lease. The LESSEE may at any time prior to or upon the
termination of this Lease or any extension thereof remove from the Leased
Premises all alterations, additions, improvements, material, equipment, and
property of every other sort or nature installed by the LESSEE, provided that
such property is removed without substantial injury to the Leased Premises. No
injury shall be considered substantial if it is promptly corrected by
restoration to the condition prior to the installation of such property, if so
requested by the LESSOR. Any such property not removed shall become the property
of the LESSOR. LESSEE will close, at the expiration or sooner termination of the
term, all vent holes added to the building for use in its manufacturing process.
The LESSOR agrees that the LESSEE, at it's option, may remove the HVAC systems
that are utilized to air condition and heat the clean rooms. All HVAC systems in
the office areas will remain with the PREMISES upon termination of the LEASE.
The LESSEE will seal any areas where the HVAC units where removed and will
guaranty them to be free from leaks in said locations for one (1) year.

(7) UTILITIES: The LESSEE will be responsible for all utilities.

(8) TERMINATION UNDER CERTAIN CONDITION: This Lease is made upon the further
conditions that if, said rent or any part thereof shall remain unpaid for
fifteen (15) days after written notice it shall become due, or if the LESSEE
shall neglect or fail to cure any default of any other material covenants here
in contained on the LESSEE'S part to be performed or observed for a period of
thirty (30) days after written notice of any such failure or for such longer
period in the event that such cure cannot be completed within thirty (30) days
and providing that LESSEE begins the cure within thirty (30) days and diligently
prosecutes such cure to completion, or if the LESSEE shall be declared bankrupt
or insolvent according to law, or if a receiver or other officer shall be
appointed to take charge of any part of the property or to wind up the affairs
of the LESSEE, or if any assignment shall be made of the LESSEE's property for
the benefit of creditors, then and in any of the said cases the LESSEE shall be
in default and the LESSOR may immediately or at any time thereafter without
further notice or demand enter the Leased Premises or any part thereof in the
name of the whole repossess the same and expel the LESSEE and those claiming
under it and remove its effects if necessary without being taken or deemed
guilty of trespass and without prejudice to any remedies for arrears of rent or
preceding breach of covenants and upon entry as aforesaid the said term shall be
ended.

                                       -3-


<PAGE>


(9) INDEMNIFICATION:

     (A) LESSEE agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend LESSOR from and
against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, and expenses, including
reasonable attorney fees, if any, which LESSOR may suffer or incur in connection
with LESSEE's use of the Leased Premises caused by LESSEE, its invites or
customers.

     (B) LESSOR agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend LESSEE from and
against any and all losses, claims, liabilities and expenses including
reasonable attorney's fees, if any, which LESSEE may suffer or incur arising out
of the negligence and/or willful conduct of LESSOR, its agents or employees.

     (C) LESSOR shall indemnify, hold LESSEE harmless from and against any and
all liability and damages, costs and expenses including reasonable attorney's
fees, from and against any and all suits, claims and demands of any kind or
nature whatsoever, on behalf of any person, firm, association or corporation
arising out of or based upon any incidents, occurrence, injury or damage which
happens or which may happen on the Property from the use by LESSOR, its
employees, agents, servants or invitees on the Property to drive unregistered
vehicles across the rear parking lot.

(10) WAIVER OF PERFORMANCE: The failure of the LESSOR to insist upon performance
of any of the conditions of this Lease in any one or more instances shall not be
waived thereafter of the right to full performance of all the agreements of
LESSEE herein set forth and of all conditions when any performance is due.

(11) DAMAGE BY FIRE OR CASUALTY: In the event the Leased Premises shall be
destroyed or injured in whole or in part by fire or other casualty making it
unfit for occupancy the rent or a just and proportionate part thereof according
to the extent that the Leased Premises are rendered unfit for occupancy, shall
be suspended or abated until the LESSOR shall have restored the Leased Premises
as closely as practicable to the original specifications for occupancy thereof
by the LESSEE, provided that all insurance proceeds received by the LESSEE for
leasehold improvements are used for said purpose and that said proceeds are
adequate to cover the cost of replacing said leasehold improvements, but if the
LESSOR shall not restore the Leased Premises within the period of one hundred
twenty (120) days next after the date on which such destruction or injury
occurred, it being agreed that nothing contained in this paragraph shall
obligate the LESSOR to restore the Leased Premises (except where the damage to
the Leased Premises is so minor in nature as not to render any part of the
Leased Premises untenable), either party may at their option by written notice
to the other party terminate this Lease. LESSOR agrees to notify LESSEE in
writing of his intent to restore the Leased Premises within ten (10) days from
any destruction or injury to the Leased Premises, and, if

                                       -4-


<PAGE>



such notice is not received by LESSEE, LESSEE may, at its option, terminate this
Lease by written notice to LESSOR. In the event LESSOR notifies LESSEE of it
intent to rebuild the Leased Premises, LESSOR shall be obligated rebuild within
one hundred twenty (120) days after the notice to LESSEE.

(12) EMINENT DOMAIN: If the Leased Premises is lawfully condemned or taken by
any public authority either in its entirety or in such proportion that it is no
longer suitable for the intended use by LESSEE, then the Lease will
automatically terminate without further act of either party hereto on the date
when possession of the Leased Premises is taken by such public authority, and
each party hereto will be relieved of any further obligation to the other,
except that LESSEE shall be liable for and shall promptly pay to LESSOR any rent
or other payments due hereunder then in arrears, or LESSOR shall promptly rebate
to LESSEE a prorated portion of any rent or other such payments paid in advance.
In the event the proportion of the Leased Premises so condemned or taken is such
that the Leased Premises is still suitable for its intended use by LESSEE, which
determination shall be made solely by LESSEE, this Lease will continue in effect
in accordance with its terms and a portion of the rent and other payments due
here under will abate equal to the proportion of the rental value of the Leased
Premises so condemned or taken. In either of the above events, the award for the
property so condemned or taken will be payable solely to LESSOR without
apportionment to LESSEE, except the LESSEE shall be entitled to a separate
award, if any, for moving expenses and for the value of the improvements
installed on the Leased Premises by the LESSEE.

(13) QUIET ENJOYMENT: LESSOR shall put LESSEE into possession of the Leased
Premises at the beginning of the term hereof, and LESSEE, upon paying the rent
and observing of the other covenants and conditions herein, upon its part to be
observed, shall have and hold peaceable and quite enjoyment of the Leased
Premises.

(14) AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990:

     (a) If the Leased Premises is now, or at any time during the term of this
Lease becomes, a "Public Accommodation" under the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), LESSOR shall at his sole expense, be responsible for
compliance with Title III of the ADA to the extent that the ADA imposes
obligations on the procedure and design of any alterations to the Leased
Premises or to the Building made by LESSOR. If failure to make such
modifications constitutes a violation of the ADA, LESSOR shall indemnify, defend
and hold harmless LESSEE with respect to his failure to comply with the
foregoing responsibilities.

     (b) If the Leased Premises at any time during the term of this Lease
becomes, a "Public Accommodation" under the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990 (the "ADA"), LESSEE shall at his sole expense, be responsible for
compliance with Title III of the

                                       -5-


<PAGE>



ADA to the extent that the ADA imposes obligations on the procedure and design
of any alterations to the Leased Premises or to the Building made by LESSEE. If
failure to make such modifications constitutes a violation of the ADA, LESSEE
shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless LESSOR with respect to his failure to
comply with the foregoing responsibilities.

(15) DANGEROUS MATERIALS: Except as disclosed on Exhibit E, attached hereto and
made a part hereof, LESSEE shall not keep or have on the Leased Premises any
article or thing of a dangerous, inflammable, or explosive character that might
substantially increase the danger of fire on the premises, or that might be
considered hazardous by a reasonable insurance company, unless the prior written
consent of the LESSOR is obtained and proof of adequate insurance protection is
provided by the LESSEE to LESSOR. The LESSEE will forward to the LESSOR copies
of Manufactures Safety Data Sheets (small quantities being exempted) on products
being used in the Leased Premises and any correspondence to or from federal,
state or local officials relating to the storage, removal, and/or disposal of
hazardous waste generated on the premises. A summary report shall be done on a
monthly basis which will also identify small quantity items used. Additionally
the LESSEE will furnish copies of any and all correspondence to or from the
Local Fire Department.

(16) HOLD HARMLESS: The LESSOR will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the
LESSEE relative to contamination of the Property not caused by the LESSEE,
including, but not limited to, the contamination that has been identified by the
State of New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services, Administrative
Order WSPCD 93-02 dated March 5, 1993.

(17) COST OF COLLECTION: In the event the rent or any portion thereof shall
remain unpaid for more than fifteen (15) days after it shall become due, and
after written notice from LESSOR to LESSEE, and the LESSOR retains an attorney
to collect said unpaid rent, the LESSEE agrees to pay said attorney's fees.

(18) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS: LESSOR, at his own cost and expense, shall
maintain in good repair the structural integrity of the roof, the exterior walls
of the Building, the structural beams, structural columns and other structural
parts of the Leased Premises, the Building and the parking lot surrounding the
Building. LESSEE shall keep the interior of the Leased Premises (excluding the
structural integrity of the roof and exterior walls) in as good condition as the
same was at the commencement of the term hereof, ordinary wear and tear, taking
by eminent domain and damage due to fire or casualty insured against excepted.

(19) INSURANCE: LESSEE shall at its own cost and expense maintain General
Liability Insurance insuring against risk or injuries to persons or property in
or about the leased premises

                                       -6-


<PAGE>



for the benefit of both LESSOR and LESSEE in an amount not less than One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) for each occurrence, and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000)
in the aggregate and injuries or damages to property for the benefit of both
LESSOR and LESSEE in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), and a
certificate of such insurance naming the LESSOR an additional insured will be
furnished to the LESSOR.

(20) SNOW REMOVAL AND GROUNDS MAINTENANCE: LESSOR shall be responsible for the
removal of snow. The LESSEE will maintain the unpaved grounds surrounding the
Leased Premises.

(21) PARKING: LESSEE will have use of the parking areas that are adjacent to the
Leased Premises.

(22) ACCESS BY LESSOR TO PREMISES: Subject to LESSEE's consent (which shall not
be unreasonably withheld), LESSOR shall have the right to enter the Leased
Premises to make inspections, provide necessary services, or show the unit to
perspective buyers, mortgagees, lessees or workers. As provided by law, in the
case of an emergency, LESSOR may enter the premises without LESSEE's consent.

(23) FIRE INSURANCE: LESSOR shall obtain fire insurance in the amount of One
Million One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,100,000) on the Building exclusive of
leasehold improvements and betterments made by the LESSEE on or after May 9,
1994. LESSEE agrees to pay the premiums on said policy. The LESSEE shall
insurance any and all lease hold improvements and betterments including but not
limited to interior walls, partitions, storage racks and the like in an amount
adequate to cover such improvements and betterments and name Concrete Systems,
Inc. and Leonard A. Worden as additional insured.

(24) RENEWAL OPTION: The LESSEE is granted a renewal option on said premises for
a term of three (3) years. The LESSEE will notify the LESSOR sixty (60) days
prior to exercising this option. The said renewal shall be upon the same terms
and conditions as herein contained; provided, however, that the rent for renewal
term of three (3) years shall be one hundred forty eight thousand eight hundred
dollars per annum plus one-half the increase in the Consumer Price Index (all
items) from September 1996, to the Current Index Number (all items) at the time
of renewal, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States
Department of Labor.

The Index Number indicated entitled "all items" for the month of September 1996,
shall be the "Base Index Number," and the corresponding Index number for the
month of October 2000, shall be the "Current Index Number."

The Base Index Number shall be subtracted from Current Index Number and the
resultant divided by the Base Index. Any positive

                                       -7-



<PAGE>



result shall be multiplied by fifty percent (50%) the result of which shall be
deemed to be the percentage of increase to be utilized in computing the renewal
rate.

The fixed rent, as so determined, (i.e. the aggregate of one hundred forty eight
thousand eight dollars ($148,800) plus the increase calculated in accordance
with the Renewal Option) shall be due and payable monthly. In no event shall the
resultant rent be less than one hundred seventy two thousand two hundred fifty
five dollars ($172,255) per annum.

If the publication of the Consumer Price Index shall be discontinued, the
parties hereto shall thereafter accept comparable statistics on the cost of
living as they are published by the United States Government.

(25) PURCHASE OPTION: Subject to and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter
expressed, LESSOR grants to LESSEE the right of first refusal to purchase the
Property. In the event that LESSOR receives an offer to purchase the Property,
or any portion thereof, LESSEE shall have thirty (30) days to notify LESSOR in
writing that it will purchase the Property for the same purchase price as
offered by a bona fide third party. If LESSOR proposes to sell the Property to a
party related to or controlled by LESSOR or to any party who has not made a bona
fide offer, LESSEE shall have the right to refuse to exercise its right of first
refusal, in which event, the grantee of LESSOR shall take the Property subject
to this Section (25) and LESSEE's right of first refusal shall survive such
conveyance. Such exercise of the right of first refusal by LESSEE must be made
within thirty (30) days after notice from LESSOR. In the event LESSEE exercises
its right of first refusal, its obligation to purchase the Property (the
"Agreement to Purchase") shall be governed by the following terms and
conditions:

     (a) PURCHASE PRICE: Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section
(25), if LESSEE exercises its right of first refusal, LESSEE shall buy the
Property and pay LESSOR therefore a sum equal to the price offered by a bona
fide third party (the "Purchase Price"). LESSEE shall pay the Purchase Price to
LESSOR at closing (hereinafter defined) by bank check or wire transfer.

     (b) Title. LESSOR shall convey good, clear, recordable and marketable fee
simple title to the Property to LESSEE, free and clear of all encumbrances of
any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, all liens, tax liens,
leases, restrictions, conditions and easements. LESSEE may, at its sole cost and
expense, cause the title to the Property to be examined. If upon examination of
the title, LESSEE or its representative finds that the title to the Property is,
in its opinion, not in accordance with the first sentence of the Section
(25)(b), the LESSEE shall notify LESSOR of the record title to the Property
through the date of such examination. LESSOR shall immediately take all steps

                                       -8-


<PAGE>



necessary to clear title within a reasonable time thereafter as to any matters
which are not in accordance with the first sentence of this Section (25)(b),
except for any mortgages which may be satisfied at closing: provided, however,
LESSOR shall not be obligated to expend more than Fifteen Thousand Dollars
($15,000), exclusive of the payment of any mortgages, to clear title to the
Property. If LESSOR is unable to clear title prior to the date of closing, the
LESSEE may, at its option, either: (i) rescind this Agreement to Purchase in
which event neither party will have any further rights or duties hereunder; or
(ii) take such title as LESSOR can convey without any diminution in the Purchase
Price; or (iii) postpone the closing for a reasonable time so that LESSOR can
clear title.

     (c) Survey of the Property. LESSEE may at its option have the Property
surveyed at its sole cost and expense. If such survey discloses that any of the
improvements on the Property encroach into the applicable setbacks or onto
adjoining property, or that improvements on adjoining property encroach onto the
Property, or that the Property materially differs from the description herein,
then LESSEE may, at its option, rescind the Agreement to Purchase, in which
event neither party will have any further rights or duties under this Agreement
to Purchase; or LESSEE may, at its option, take title from LESSOR without any
diminution in the Purchase Price.

     (d) Inspection. Prior to the date of closing, LESSEE, or LESSEE's
representatives, shall have the right to enter the entire building on the
Property at reasonable times to perform the inspections described in the next
sentence. LESSEE shall have the right to have a complete physical inspection
performed of the Building and the Property, including, but not limited to,
testing the septic system, the water supply system, (including the quality of
water furnished thereby), the heating system, the electrical system and the
plumbing system, and performing an environmental inspection of the entire
Property, including the Building. If LESSEE is not satisfied with such tests or
inspections, or if such tests or inspections disclose that any of the systems
are not in good condition and working order or are not in compliance with any
applicable laws, regulations, codes or ordinances LESSEE may, at its option,
rescind this Agreement to Purchase, in which event neither party shall have any
further right under this Agreement to Purchase.

     (e) DEED. LESSOR shall convey the Property to LESSEE by statutory Warranty
Deed in proper form for recordation.

     (f) Possession. LESSOR shall deliver exclusive possession of the Property
to LESSEE at closing, free and clear of all tenants, occupants and personal
property except for LESSEE and LESSEE's personal property.

                                       -9-


<PAGE>



     (g) Brokerage Commission. The parties each represent that no broker brought
about this transaction. If any claim on behalf of any other broker or agent is
made or upheld, then the party against or through whom such claim is made shall
defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless against any damages, costs or
expenses in any way attributed to such claim, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorney's fees.

     (h) Closing. LESSOR shall transfer title of the Property to the LESSEE at
the offices of Divine, Millimet & Branch, Professional Association, 111 Amherst
Street, Manchester, New Hampshire, or such other place as the parties may
mutually agree upon, at a closing which will take place on or before ninety (90)
days following the exercise of the right of first refusal.

     (i) Prorations. The parties agree that the real estate taxes, utility
bills, fuel in tanks, sewer rent, water bills and other charges and assessments
against that portion of the Property which is not Leased Premises shall be
prorated as of the date of closing.

     (j) Insurance. LESSOR agrees that the risk of loss of the Property shall
remain on LESSOR until the date of transfer of title and agrees to maintain fire
and extend coverage insurance as provided in this Lease. In the event of damage
to the Property, LESSEE may, at its sole option, either take title to the
Property, in which event all insurance proceeds shall be paid to LESSEE, or
LESSEE may rescind this Agreement to Purchase, in which event neither party
shall have any further rights or duties under the Agreement to Purchase.

     (k) Default. If either party defaults in the performance of its duties
under this Agreement to Purchase, then the other party shall have all remedies
afforded by law including the right to specific performance.

     (l) Notice. Whenever notice must be given under the provisions of this
Agreement to Purchase, such notice must be given in writing and either hand
delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid
and addressed as set forth in Section (27) hereof.

     (m) Miscellaneous.

          (i) Section 1521 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 amending Internal
     Revenue Code Section 6045 relative to the reporting of real estate
     transactions by real estate brokers requires that Internal Revenue Service
     Form 1099-B be filed. For the purpose of completing such form LESSOR'S
     social security number is as follows: ###-##-####.

          (ii) LESSOR warrants that he is a U.S. citizen and that no withholding
     will be necessary pursuant to the Foreign

                                      -10-


<PAGE>



     Investment in Real Property Tax Act. LESSOR shall execute a Certificate of
     Non-Foreign Status at closing.

     (n) Revival of Right of First Refusal. In the event that LESSEE exercises a
right of first refusal under the Section (26) and terminates its Agreement to
Purchase as permitted in Sections. (25)(b), (c), (d) or (j), LESSEE shall retain
its right of first refusal in the event the LESSOR or LESSOR'S successor in
interest obtains another offer to purchase from a bona fide third party.

(26) SHORT FORM RECORDING: There shall be recorded in the Hillsborough County
Registry of Deeds a Notice of this Lease that complies in content and form with
New Hampshire RSA Section 477:7-a. LESSOR and LESSEE shall execute and deliver a
Notice of Lease in such form for such purpose. Such Notice of Lease shall also
contain a Notice of the right of first refusal set forth in Section (25) above.
In the event of termination, cancellation or assignment of this Lease prior to
the expiration of the term hereof, LESSOR and LESSEE shall execute and deliver,
in recordable form, an instrument setting forth such termination, cancellation
or assignment.

(27) NOTICES: Whenever notice must be given under the provisions of this Lease,
such notice must be given in writing and either hand delivered or sent by
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the first address
of the party to whom the notice is to be given, as designated by such party in
writing. The LESSOR hereby designates its address as Leonard A. Worden, C/O
Concrete Systems, Inc., Commercial Avenue, Hudson, NH 03051. The LESSEE hereby
designates its address as Presstek, Inc., 8 Commercial Street, Hudson, NH 03051,
attention Richard A. Williams.

(28) ENTIRE AGREEMENT/AMENDMENT: This Lease Agreement contains the entire
agreement of the parties and there are no other promises or conditions in any
other agreement whether oral or written. This Lease may be modified and or
amended in writing if the writing is signed by the parties obligated under the
amendment.

(29) SEVERABILITY: If any portion of this Lease shall be held to be invalid or
unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions shall continue to be
valid and enforceable. If a court finds that any provisions of this Lease is
invalid or unenforceable, but that by limitation such provision, it would become
valid and enforceable, then such provision shall be deemed to be written,
construed, and enforced as so limited.

(30) WAIVER: The failure of either party to enforce any provisions of this Lease
shall not be construed as a waiver or limitation of the party's right to
subsequently enforce and compel strict compliance with every provision of this
Lease.

                                      -11-


<PAGE>




(31) CUMULATIVE RIGHTS: The rights of the parties under this Lease are
cumulative, and shall not be construed as exclusive unless otherwise required by
law.

(32) GOVERNING LAW: This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of New Hampshire.

(33) PARTIES: The covenants and agreements herein contained shall be binding
upon the parties, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
assignees.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the said parties have hereunto and to a duplicate copy set
their hands on the day and year first above mentioned.

WITNESSES:

/s/ Willard Achibald                   By:/s/ Leonard A. Worden
- ---------------------------          ------------------------------
                                        Leonard A. Worden

                                     PRESSTEK, INC.

/s/ Jacqueline L. Berry              By:/s/ RA Williams
- ---------------------------          ------------------------------
                                        Richard A. Williams
                                        Chief Operating Officer/
                                        Executive Vice President


                                      -12-


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT
                                 PRESSTEK, INC.
                               9 COMMERCIAL AVENUE
                                   HUDSON, NH.

                         DESCRIPTION OF LEASED PROPERTY

A certain tract or parcel of land, with the buildings thereon, situated on the
southerly side of Commercial Avenue in Hudson, County of Hillsborough, state of
New Hampshire, bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point on the southerly side of said Commercial Avenue at land
shown as land of Indian Head Ntl. Bank on plan entitled "Subdivision Plat,
Rodgers Bros. Inc., Date Mar. 77, Scale 1" = 100', Piantidosi Associates, Inc."
said plan filed as Plan #10095 at the Hillsborough County Registry of Deeds,
said Indian Head Ntl. Bank land now owned by the grantee; thence running

     1. Easterly by and along the south side of said Commercial Avenue and the
relocated cul-de-sac at its end, to a point at land of Concrete Systems, Inc.
(shown roughly as lot with Tax No. 4592-001+/- on said plan; thence and running

     2. South 00(degree) 39' 27" West, by and along land of said Concrete
Systems, Inc., two hundred forty-three and 66/100 feet (243.66'), to a point at
land of Piaseczny, as shown on said Plan; thence turning and running

     3. North 72(degree) 18' West, by and along said Piaseczny land forty and
00/feet (40.00'), to a point at land of Seabury, as shown on said Plan; thence
turning and running

     4. South 68(degree) 51' 25.4" West by and along said Seabury land two
hundred thirty-seven and 05/100 feet (237.05'), to a point at land of Cravitz as
shown on said Plan; thence turning and running


<PAGE>


                                                                 EXHIBIT A CON'T

     5. Southwesterly, by and along said Cravitz land, one hundred fifty-two and
46/100 feet (152 46') to a point at land of Tyler as shown on said Plan; thence
turning and running

     6. Northwesterly, by and along said Tyler land, one hundred thirteen and
66/100 feet (113.66'), to a point at land of the grantor, as shown on said Plan
(Tax No. 1653-412); thence turning and running

     7. Northwesterly, by said land of the grantor, one hundred eleven and
80/100 feet (111.80'), to a point; thence turning and running

     8. Northerly, by and along said land of the grantor, sixty and 00/100
(60.00'), to a point; thence turning and running

     9. Westerly, by and along said land of the grantor, seventy-five feet and
00/100 feet (75.00'), to a point at land of Indian Head Ntl. Bank, shown on said
Plan (now land of the grantee); thence turning and running

     10. North 15(degree) 23' 30" East, by and along said Indian Head Ntl. Bank,
land (now of grantee), two hundred twenty and 00/100 feet (220.00') to ;the
point of beginning.

The above-recited cul-de-sac has been relocated from the location shown on said
Plan. See Plan No. 15118 at the Hillsborough County Registry of Deeds.

Containing 4.26 acres, more or less, and being lot shown as tax No. 1653-313 on
said Plan.

                                       -2-




                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

     Lease made and entered into as of the Thirteenth day of May, 1996, by and
between ACORN LEASING CO INC., a Corporation with a principal place of business
at 145 Broadway Road, Dracut, Middlesex County, Massachusetts, hereinafter
referred to as "Lessor", and PRESSTEK INC., with a principal place of business
at 8 Commercial Street, Hudson, New Hampshire, hereinafter referred to as
"Lessee".

     1. Lease of Premises. The Lessor hereby leases to the Lessee, and the
Lessee hereby leases from the Lessor, under the terms and conditions hereinafter
set forth, the "Leased Premises", consisting of the real property described in
Exhibit "A". The leased Premises consist of two (2) office areas of 4,000 square
feet each and one (1) 21,000 square foot section of warehouse/manufacturing
space located at 18-20 Hampshire Drive Hudson, N.H. The Lessor covenants and
agrees with the Lessee that it is the owner in fee simple of the Leased Premises
and has the right to make this Lease, and that upon the Lessee's paying the rent
and observing and performing all of the terms, covenants and conditions on the
Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, the Lessee may
peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy and enjoy the Leased Premises.

     2. Term. The Term of this Lease shall be considered to have effectively
commenced on June 1, 1996 and shall continue for thirty-six (36) Months to May
31, 1999, unless terminated or renewed as hereinafter provided.


<PAGE>



     3. Option to Extend. 

     (A) RIGHT TO EXTEND

     Lessee shall have the right, at its election to extend the original term of
this Lease for two (2) additional periods of twelve (12) Months commencing upon
the expiration of the original term, provided that Lessee shall give Lessor
notice of the exercise of its election at least one (1) month prior to the
expiration of the original term and provided further that Lessee shall not be in
default at the time of giving of such notice in the performance or observance of
any of the terms and conditions in this lease contained on the part of Lessee to
be performed or observed. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease
(Basic Rent Adjustment), all the agreements and conditions in this Lease
contained shall apply to the additional period to which the original term shall
be extended as aforesaid. If Lessee shall give notice of the exercise of the
election in the manner and within the time provided aforesaid, the Term shall be
extended upon the giving of the notice without the requirement of any action on
the part of Lessor.

     (B) BASIC RENT ADJUSTMENT

     The Basic Rent payable for said additional periods beyond the original
Thirty-six Month term shall be as follows; Year Four and Year Five will be
$116,000 NNN for each year. If the Lessee wishes it shall have the right to
continue after year five upon the terms and conditions herein except that the
rent will be set at the Market price.

                                       -2-



<PAGE>



     4. Basic Rent. During the term of this Lease, the Lessee shall pay as basic
rent the sum of $313,200.00 NNN, payable in advance in monthly installments of
$8,458.33 NNN for Year One, $8,700.00 NNN for Year Two and $8,941.67 NNN for
year 3, commencing on the First day of June, 1996, and payable on the first day
of every month thereafter starting June 1, 1996, during the term hereof. Rent
shall be prorated for any period of less than a month. A late charge shall be
paid to the Lessor for any payment that is more than ten (10) days in arrears in
the sum of in the sum of fifteen (15) percent per annum, compounded monthly, of
the amount of said late payment. Such interest shall constitute additional rent
payable hereunder.

     5. Fuel Adjustment. Heat is Lessee's responsibility.

     6. Security Deposit. Upon execution of this Lease, the Lessee shall pay
onto the Lessor the amount of $8,458.33, which shall be held as security for the
Lessee's full performance as herein provided and refunded to the Lessee at the
end of this lease, subject to the Lessor's satisfactory compliance with the
terms and conditions hereof. The Lessor shall not be obligated to pay interest
to the Lessee for this security deposit.

     7. Utilities. The Lessee shall pay all charges for electricity used on the
premises (including that consumed in connection with heating and air
conditioning) which shall be separately metered and billed directly to the
Lessee. The Lessee shall provide and pay for heating fuel sufficient for its
purposes and sufficient to maintain the premises at a safe temperature at all
times.

                                       -3-


<PAGE>



     8. Access. The Lessee and its invitees shall have the right to reasonable
access to and use of the common areas and facilities and the parking area
adjacent to the premises and owned by the Lessor in common with all other
occupants of the entire building at the site along with their invitees. The
Lessee and its invitees shall not obstruct or block or impede the mutual use of
the common areas and facilities and the parking area by other occupants and
their invitees. The Lessee shall cooperate with the Lessor and other occupants
in the reasonable and mutual use of the common areas and facilities and the
parking areas.

     9. Use of Premises. The Lessee shall use the premises for light
manufacturing, assembly, administrative and research offices and warehousing of
material to produce plates for printing machinery, and uses reasonably incident
thereto and in conformity with Federal, State and Local Laws, regulations and
codes. The Lessee acknowledges that no trade or occupation shall be conducted
upon the leased premises or use made thereof which will be unlawful, improper,
noisy (considering the building is in an industrial zone), offensive to
neighbors or other tenants in the building, or contrary to any law or any
municipal by-law or ordinance in force in the Town of Hudson. The Lessee shall
not permit any use of the Leased Premises which will make voidable or increase
the premium on or cost of any insurance on the property of which the Leased
Premises are a part, or on the contents of said property, or which shall be
contrary to any law or to any regulation from time to time established by the
New England Fire

                                       -4-


<PAGE>



Insurance Rating Association or any similar body succeeding to its powers. The
Lessee shall upon demand reimburse the Lessor and all other tenants all extra
insurance premiums caused by the Lessee's use of the premises.

     10. Yard Area. The Lessee agrees to maintain the grass and yard area. The
Lessor will maintain the paved areas except for the sidewalk and will cause the
snow removal of the parking lot area only, the Lessee is responsible for the
sidewalk area and Lessee will be billed its pro rata share of the cost of snow
removal for the parking area.

     11. Maintenance by Lessee. The Lessee agrees to maintain the Leased
Premises in the same condition as they are at the commencement of the term or as
they may be put into during the terms of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear
and damage by fire and other unavoidable casualty only excepted, and whenever
necessary, to replace plate and other glass attached to the Leased Premises,
acknowledging that the Leased Premises are presently in good order and the glass
whole. The Lessee agrees to keep clean and maintain and furnish supplies to any
restroom facilities used or intended to be used exclusively by Lessee in
connection with the Leased Premises and the Lessee shall install and replace and
maintain all light bulbs in the Leased Premises. The Lessee shall be responsible
for the maintenance and replacement of any plumbing, heating, air conditioning
and electrical equipment servicing the Leased Premises due to acts of negligence
or misuse by the Lessee and its agents, employees and invitees.

                                       -5-


<PAGE>



     12. Alterations Additions and Improvements. The Lessee shall not make any
alterations to the premises without the prior written consent of the Lessor. If
the Lessee wishes to alter the premises in any way, it shall first notify the
Lessor, detailing the expected alterations, improvements, or additions, and
obtain the written consent of the Lessor, which consent the Lessor shall not
unreasonably withhold.

     Lessee may remove all such alterations, additions and improvements and its
trade fixtures and equipment regardless of the manner affixed to the premises
and Lessee shall repair any damage caused by such removal.

     13. Signs. Lessee shall not have the right to erect signs or lettering on
the exterior walls of the building, interior walls in the lobby or on any door
or window of the demised premises, or any freestanding signs outside the
building unless it shall first obtain the written consent of the Lessor and any
governmental agency having jurisdiction over such signs. Lessee shall remove all
signs and lettering at the termination of this Lease, and shall repair any
damage and close any holes caused by such removal.

     14. Insurance.

     A. Lessor agrees to carry adequate fire and extended coverage insurance
(100% replacement cost) on the building of which the Leased Premises are a part.

     B. Lessee shall not permit any operation to be conducted in the Leased
Premises that would cause suspension or

                                       -6-


<PAGE>



cancellation of the fire and extended coverage insurance policy carried by
Lessor.

     C. Lessee shall maintain and keep in force public liability insurance in
the amounts of $500,000.00 per person or $500,000.00 per occurrence and
$500,000.00 for property damage, and name the Lessor as an insured party in such
insurance. The Lessee shall provide the Lessor with a copy of such policy prior
to occupancy.

     D. Lessee shall obtain and maintain at its sole expense Workmen's
Compensation Insurance covering all of the employees working in the premises.

     E. Lessee shall cause the Lessor to receive duplicates or certificates of
insurance policies which Lessee must maintain pursuant to the terms of this
Lease, and also provide evidence of prompt payment of premium, upon demand by
Lessor. All such insurance certificates and policies referred to hereinabove
shall provide that such policy shall not be cancelled without at least ten (10)
days prior written notice to each insured named therein, including the Lessor.

     15. Additional Covenants of Lessee. The Lessee covenants at its expense, at
all times during the term of this Lease, as follows:

          A. The Lessee shall make all repairs, alterations, additions, or
     replacements to the Leased Premises required by any law or ordinance or any
     order or regulations of any public authority because of Lessee's use
     thereof and not required to be made by lessor hereunder; to keep the Leased
     Premises equipped

                                       -7-


<PAGE>



     with all safety appliances so required for any such use; and to comply with
     the orders and regulations of all governmental authorities.

          B. Any alterations and changes in the Leased Premises made by the
     Lessee shall not injure the safety of the structure thereof nor diminish
     its value, and such work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner,
     employing materials of good quality and complying with all governmental
     requirements, including the obtaining of any licenses or permits for the
     making of such alterations, changes or installations and in connection
     therewith the Lessee agrees to save the Lessor harmless and indemnified
     from all injury, loss, claims or damages to any person or property
     occasioned by or growing out of such work and the Lessee agrees to pay
     promptly when due the entire cost of any work to the Leased Premises so
     that said property shall at all times be free of liens for labor and
     materials and to discharge any such lien forthwith upon request by bonding,
     payment or otherwise.

          C. The Lessee shall comply with all applicable building, zoning and
     land use, environmental protection, hazardous waste, sanitary and safety
     laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to Chapter 21E: will
     not permit or commit waste on the Leased Premises or any nuisance thereon:
     and will not use or occupy the Leased Premises in any manner which makes
     cancelable any insurance then in force.

          D. The Lessee shall at its sole cost, maintain and repair the Leased
     Premises in accordance with Article 11 of this Lease and keep the same in
     good and serviceable condition and in

                                       -8-


<PAGE>



     at least as good condition and repair (reasonable wear and tear and
     casualty loss excepted) as it was on the date this Lease was actually
     executed or date of occupancy, whichever occurs later, with respect to each
     portion of the Leased Premises. It is the understanding of the parties that
     it is the Lessor's responsibility to maintain the exterior of the Leased
     Premises, the roof, the plumbing, air conditioning in the office areas and
     heating systems, the sprinkler system, and structural systems, as well as
     the other items mentioned in Article 10 of this Lease.

          G. The Lessee agrees that all personal property in the Leased Premises
     shall be at the sole risk of the Lessee, unless any such damage is caused
     by the negligence of the Lessor or by its failure to properly maintain
     those portions of the premises for which it is responsible under the terms
     of this Lease.

          H. The Lessee shall save the Lessor harmless and indemnified from all
     injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property: (1) While on the
     Leased Premises unless caused by the act or negligence of the Lessor or
     anyone whom the Lessor is legally responsible for, and (2) occasioned by
     any omission, neglect or default of the Lessee or anyone for whom the
     Lessee is responsible: including all costs, counsel fees, expenses and
     liabilities reasonably incurred by the Lessor in connection with defending
     any claim, action or proceeding related to the foregoing.

          E. The Lessee shall comply with the rules and regulations attached
     hereto and all other reasonable rules and regulations hereafter made by
     Lessor (but only after copies

                                       -9-


<PAGE>




     thereof have been delivered to Lessee) and mutually agreed upon for the
     care and use of the building and lot and their facilities and approaches,
     it being expressly understood, however, that Lessor shall not be liable to
     Lessee for the failure of other tenants of the building to conform to such
     rules and regulations.

     16. Fire Casualty Eminent Domain. Should a substantial portion of the
Leased Premises or of the property of which the Leased Premises are a part be
substantially damaged by fire or other casualty or be taken by eminent domain,
the Lessor may elect to terminate this Lease. When such fire, casualty or taking
renders the Leased Premises substantially unsuitable for their intended use, a
just and proportionate abatement of rent shall be made and the Lessee may elect
to terminate this Lease if:

                  (a)      The Lessor fails to give written notice within
                           thirty (30) days of intention to restore the
                           Leased Premises; or

                  (b)      The Lessor fails to restore the Leased Premises to a
                           condition substantially suitable for their intended
                           use within one hundred twenty (120) days of said
                           fire, casualty, or taking.

     The Lessor reserves and the Lessee grants to the Lessor all rights which
the Lessee may have for damage or injury to the Leased Premises for any taking
by eminent domain, except for damage to the Lessee's personal property,
equipment or fixtures.

     17. Assignment and Subletting. The Lessee shall not assign this Lease or
any interest therein in whole or in part, nor

                                      -10-


<PAGE>



sublet all or any part of the Leased Premises, without the express written
consent of the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. In the event of any assignment or sublease, the Lessee shall notify the
Lessor in writing and provide the Lessor with signed copies of any documents
relative thereto.

     18. Subordination. The Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that the within
Lease is and/or shall be subject to and subordinate to any mortgage or mortgages
securing notes executed by Lessor, which may now or hereafter affect the Leased
Premises, and to advances made thereunder and to the interest thereon and to all
renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof;
and the said Lessee hereby covenants and agrees to execute the necessary
instrument or instruments permitting said Lease to be subject to and subordinate
to the rights of any present or future mortgages, which now or hereafter affect
said Leased Premises, so that said rights of any present or future mortgages may
hereby be secured and be prior in lien to said Lease. The Lessee hereby
constitutes and appoints the Lessor, the Lessee's attorney-in-fact, to execute
any said instrument or instruments for and on behalf of the Lessee. However, the
foregoing is on the condition that so long as the Lessee is not in default in
the payment of rent or any other of the terms and conditions of this Lease, the
rights of the Lessee under said Lease shall not be terminated and the possession
of said Lessee shall not be disturbed by any mortgages or anyone who has
acquired any rights under any such mortgage and that any sale

                                      -11-



<PAGE>



or foreclosure shall be subject to such Lease. Lessor shall obtain from any
mortgagee of the premises a non-disturbance agreement reasonably satisfactory to
Lessee protecting Lessee in accordance with the preceding sentence.

     19. Defaults and Remedies.

          a.   Defaults. The Lessee shall be held in default under this Lease if
               any of the following events shall occur:

               (1) The Lessee shall fail to make any payment of the basic rent,
               or additional rent provided for hereunder when due and said
               payment continues to remain unpaid fifteen (15) days after
               written notice thereof is given to Lessee by Lessor.
               (2) The Lessee shall fail to observe or perform any other of its
               covenants or obligation under this Lease and no action shall be
               taken to remedy such failure within thirty (30) days after
               written notice thereof is given to Lessee by the Lessor.
               (3) The Lessee's interest in this Lease shall be taken on
               execution or other process of law in any action against the
               Lessee.

          b.   Remedies. In the event of a default hereunder which has not been
               cured by Lessor within the permitted time period, the Lessor may,
               to the extent legally permitted, in addition to its other
               remedies under law or equity, exercise any or all of the
               following remedies:

                                      -12-


<PAGE>



               (2) Entry. The Lessor may, after the expiration of the ten (10)
               day period referred to in Paragraph 21 (b)(l) immediately or
               thereafter and without demand or further notice make entry and
               repossess the premises, and thereupon this Lease shall terminate.

          c.   Obligations After Default. If the Lessor shall terminate this
               Lease as provided in Paragraph 21 (b)(2) above, the Lessee shall
               be liable for basic rent, adjustments and additional rent for the
               balance of the original term of this Lease as if such termination
               had not occurred. The Lessor shall take reasonable action to
               reduce or mitigate the Lessee's obligations under this Lease. The
               proceeds of any reletting or subletting of the Leased Premises
               after entry shall be credited against the Lessee's obligations
               hereunder.

          d.   Costs. In the event of Lessee~s default, the Lessor shall be
               entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorney's fees in
               connection with any action taken in enforcing the Lessee~s
               obligations under this Lease.

          e.   Non-Waiver. No waiver by the Lessor of any violation or default
               in performance by the Lessee shall constitute or be construed as
               a waiver of any other violation or default in performance, nor
               shall lapse of time after violation or default in

                                      -13-


<PAGE>



               performance by the Lessee, Lessee having failed to cure, before
               the Lessor shall exercise its option under this paragraph,
               operate to defeat the right of the Lessor to declare this Lease
               null and void and to re-enter upon the Leased Premises after the
               said violation for default in performance.

     20. Insolvency. It is further agreed that if at any time during the term of
this Lease, the Lessee shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or
be decreed insolvent or bankrupt according to law, or if a Receiver shall be
appointed for the Lessee, than the Lessor may, at its option, terminate this
Lease, exercise of such option to be evidenced by notice to that effect served
upon the Assignee, Receiver, Trustee or other person in charge of the
liquidation of the property of the Lessee or the Lessee's estate, but such
termination shall not release or discharge any payment of rent payable hereunder
and then accrued, or any liability then accrued by reason of any agreement or
covenant herein contained on the part of the Lessee or the Lessee's legal
representatives.

     21. Holding Over. In the event that the Lessee shall remain in the Leased
Premises after the expiration of the term of this Lease and without having
executed a new written Lease or executing its right to renew with the Lessor,
such holding over shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease. The
Lessor may, at its option, elect to treat the Lessee as one who has not removed
at the end of its term, and thereupon be entitled to all the remedies against
the Lessee provided by law in that

                                      -14-


<PAGE>



situation, or the Lessor may elect, at its option, to construe such holding over
as a tenancy from month to month, subject to all the terms, provisions, and
conditions of this Lease insofar as same are applicable to a month to month
tenancy.

     22. Indemnification and Liability. The Lessee shall hold and save the
Lessor harmless from all loss and damage occasioned by the use or escapade of
water by the bursting or breaking or leaking of pipes in areas within the Leased
Premises and caused by Lessee's negligence or violation of any covenant of this
Lease, as well as from any claim or damage resulting from any neglect in not
removing snow and ice as required herein or by any nuisance made or suffered
upon the Leased Premises by Lessee, its agents or employees or upon the property
of which said Leased Premises are a part unless such loss is caused by the
neglect of the Lessor.

     23. Lessor's Access. The Lessor or agents of the Lessor may, at reasonable
times, and upon reasonable notice, enter to view the Leased Premises and may
remove placards and signs not approved or affixed as herein provided, and make
repairs and alterations as Lessor should elect to do provided such action does
not interfere with the Lessee's business, except in emergency situations. Lessor
may show the Leased Premises to others, and at any time within three (3) months
before the expiration of the term, may affix to any suitable part of the Leased
Premises a notice for letting or selling the Leased Premises or property of
which the Leased Premises are a part and keep the same so affixed without
hindrance or molestation.

                                      -15-


<PAGE>



     24. Relationship of Parties. It is understood and agreed that the
relationship of the parties hereto is strictly that of landlord and tenant and
that the Lessor has no ownership of the Lessee's enterprise and that this Lease
shall not be construed as a joint venture or partnership, the Lessee is not and
shall not be deemed to be agent or representative of the Lessor.

     25. Notice of Lease. The Lessee agrees that it will not record this Lease.
However, both parties shall, upon the request of either, execute and deliver a
Notice of Lease in such form as may be required by statute for recordation
purposes.

     26. Notice. Any and all notices and communication by either party to the
other required by this Lease or any extension or extensions thereof shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if mailed by Registered or
Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to either
party for the other party as follows:

                  For tee Lessor:              Acorn Leasing Co Inc.
                                               145 Broadway Road
                                               Dracut, MA 01826

                  For the Lessee:              Presstek, Inc.
                                               8 Commercial Street
                                               Hudson, N.H. 03059

or to such other address as either party may, from time to time, designate by
written notice given to the other by Registered or Certified Mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, at least ten (10) days before the effective
date of any such change of address.

                                      -16-



<PAGE>



     27. Miscellaneous Provisions.

          a.   Right of First Refusal to Purchase. Lessee shall have the right
               of first refusal to purchase the building of which the Leased
               Premises is a part on the same terms and conditions as offered to
               Lessor in writing by any third party. Lessor shall notify Lessee
               in writing of such offer and shall submit an agreement to Lessee
               embodying the terms and conditions upon which a bona fide third
               party has agreed to purchase the property (the "Purchase
               Agreement"). Within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such
               notice and Purchase Agreement, Lessee shall, if it desires to
               purchase the said building, deliver to Lessor the signed Purchase
               Agreement. Should Lessee exercise the right of first refusal, a
               closing shall occur within sixty (60) days of delivery of the
               signed Purchase Agreement to Lessor unless the transaction with
               the third party would have closed later in which case the Lessee
               may have until such later date.

          aa.  Right of First Refusal to Lease. (1) Lessee shall have the right
               at any time and upon sixty (120) days notice to Lessor, to lease
               the remainder of the building of which the Leased Premises is a
               part upon the same terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.
               The rent shall be set at a rate equal to the rate per

                                      -17-

<PAGE>



               square foot that Lessee is leasing the Leased Premises for in
               accordance with paragraphs 3 and 4 above at the time the
               additional premises are occupied. Lessee and Lessor shall enter
               into an amendment to this Lease to effectuate the lease of the
               additional premises (the "Amendment"). (2) Lessee shall also have
               the right of first refusal to lease the remainder of the building
               of which the Leased Premises is a part on the same terms and
               conditions as offered to Lessor in writing by any third party or
               on the same terms and conditions and rent as described in the
               preceding paragraph 27 aa(1) as chosen by Lessee. Lessor shall
               notify Lessee in writing of any such offer and shall submit a
               lease to Lessee embodying the terms and conditions upon which a
               bona fide third party has agreed to lease the remainder of the
               property (the "Additional Lease"). Within thirty (30) days after
               the receipt of such notice and Additional Lease, Lessee shall, if
               it desires to lease the additional premises, deliver to Lessor
               the signed Additional Lease or the Amendment.

          aaa. Parties. Except as otherwise provided, the terms, and provisions
               of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
               the successors and

                                      -18-


<PAGE>



               assigns, respectively, of the Lessor and the Lessee.

          b.   Severability. In the event that any provision of this Lease shall
               be invalid in any circumstances, such invalidity shall not effect
               any other provisions or circumstances.

          c.   Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in any number of
               counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original;
               but such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the
               same instrument.

          d.   Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed by the State of New
               Hampshire.

          e.   Landlord/Lessor's Consent. Wherever in this Lease the consent or
               approval of the Lessor shall be required, such approval or
               Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said parties have caused their corporate seals to
be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed, acknowledged and delivered in
their names and behalf this 13th day of May, 1996.

                                  LESSOR:

                                             /s/ Suzanne T. Toupe  5-13-96
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Acorn Leasing Co. Inc.

                                  LESSEE:

                                             /s/ RA Williams       5-17-96
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Presstek Inc.

                                      -19-


<PAGE>



                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

     1. The public sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators,
vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered
by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the
demised premises.

     2. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited,
inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the demised premises or
Building so as to be visible from outside the demised premises without the prior
written consent of the landlord. In the event of the violation of this
paragraph, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the
expense incurred in such removal to Tenant, as additional rent.

     3. No awnings, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other projections shall
be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window of the
Premises or any outside wall of the Building without the prior written consent
of Landlord. Such awnings, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other
projections must be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in the
manner, approved by Landlord.

     4. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used
for any purpose other than those for which they were designed and constructed,
and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or like substances shall be deposited
therein. All damage resulting from any misuse of said fixtures by Tenant or
anyone claiming under Tenant shall be borne by Tenant.

                                      -20-



<PAGE>



     5. Tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, return to Landlord all
locks, cylinders and keys to the demised premises and any offices therein.

     6. Tenant shall be responsible for locking any doorway between the demised
premises and the remainder of the Building during such of the aforesaid times as
Landlord shall determine so to exclude persons from the remainder of the
Building; and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord
for all wrongful acts of such persons who may gain access to the remainder of
the Building through any such door.

     9. Canvassing, soliciting, and peddling in the Building are prohibited and
Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

     10. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of
the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks
or the mechanism thereof without the prior consent of Landlord.

     11. Landlord reserves the right to rescind, alter, waive and/or establish
any rules and regulations, which, in its judgment, are necessary, desirable or
proper for its best interests and the best interests of the occupants of the
Building, which will not interfere with the intended use of the demised premises
by the Tenant.

     12. Landlord reserves the right at any time from time to time to change the
name and/or address of the Building.

                                      -21-


<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "A"
                                      PLAN
                              18-20 HAMPSHIRE DRIVE
                                  HUDSON, N.H.



         ACORN LEASING CO INC.                              PRESSTEK INC.



            PRESSTEK INC.                                   PRESSTEK INC.

                                      -22-



                        Amendment To Employment Agreement

     AMENDMENT dated as of February 10, 1997, to Employment Agreement dated as
of August 23, 1988, as amended, by and between Presstek, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company" or "Employer") and Richard A. Williams (the
"Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Executive is currently the Company's Vice
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Secretary; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an Employment Agreement
dated as of February 23, 1988 (the "Agreement") which Agreement, as amended,
provided for the employment by the Company of the Executive until March 31,
1997; and

     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to formally extend the term of the Executive's
employment with the Company pursuant to the Agreement for a period expiring in
March 1998; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend the terms of the amended
Agreement as provided herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby
agree as follows:

     1) Section 2. (a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that
Employer shall pay to Executive an annual salary of $175,000, payable in monthly
installments or more frequent pay periods as may be determined by the Employer.
Said salary shall be subject to periodic review by and possible upward
adjustment in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Employer.

     2) Section 8 (d) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that the
Employer agrees to employ the Executive as an executive officer for a period
expiring on March 31, 1998.


<PAGE>


     3) Except as specifically set forth above, all of the other provisions of
the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this amendment as of
the date first written above.

                                        PRESSTEK, INC.

                                        By: s/ Robert E. Verrando
                                           --------------------------
                                           Robert E. Verrando
                                           President and COO

                                            s/ Richard A. Williams
                                           --------------------------
                                           Richard A. Williams







                        Memorandum of Understanding No. 5
                       Minutes of the Presstek-Heidelberg
                     Meeting on March 6, 1996 in Heidelberg

Presstek and Heidelberg agreed on the following subjects:

1) Heidelberg's kit orders to Presstek according to the current "Rolling
Forecast" shall be firm and binding until December 31, 1997 in order to help
Presstek renegotiating prices with its suppliers.

2)  The future kit price shall be as follows:

         -from April 1, 1997                                  [     *      ]
         -from September 1, 1997                              [     *      ]
         -from March 1, 1998                                  [     *      ]
         -from September 1, 1998                              [     *      ]

3) The royalties on the kits already shipped by Presstek to Heidelberg are owed
and payment by Heidelberg will be made in three equal instalments on March 25,
April 25 and May 25, 1997.

4) From April 1, 1997 Presstek and Heidelberg agree on a fixed royalty in the
amount of [ * ] per kit. If Heidelberg's exclusive rights according to the
current Agreements are terminated, the aforementioned amount will be
renegotiated by the parties.

5) Heidelberg will pay the kit price as set forth in no. 2 and the fixed royalty
as set forth in no. 4 (e.g.  from  April 1, 1997 [ * ]) in total  within 45 days
from the date of Presstek's  invoice or from the date of shipment to Heidelberg,
whichever is later.  Presstek's invoice shall separately indicate said kit price
and fixed royalty.

6. Heidelberg shall give Presstek its approval for future engineering changes
which affect form, fit or function of the Quickmaster DI within a target period
of 30 days after having received the solution (software/hardware) to the
engineering change from Presstek. If necessary, e.g. in case of a mechanical
redesign by Heidelberg, the parties will agree on an adequate extension of this
target period.

7) All other current Agreements between Presstek and Heidelberg shall not be
affected and remain [ * ].

Heidelberg, March 7, 1997

s/ Marcel Kiessling s/ Dietmar Kurz      s/ Robert Howard s/ Richard A. Williams
- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Marcel Kiessling Dietmar Kurz               Robert Howard Richard A. Williams
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen                 Presstek, Inc.
Aktiengesellschaft

* The portions of this document marked with an asterisk have been omitted and
confidential treatment of such omitted portions has been requested pursuant to
Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.



                           CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

     THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is made as of the 18th day of
December, 1996, by and between PRESSTEK, INC., a Delaware corporation with a
principal place of business at 8 Commercial Street, Hudson, New Hampshire 03051
(the "BORROWER"), and CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE, a guaranty savings bank
organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire with an address of 875
Elm Street, Manchester, New Hampshire 03101 (the "BANK").

                                    RECITALS:

     The BORROWER has requested and the BANK has agreed to provide certain
credit facilities to the BORROWER consisting of a revolving line of credit loan
in the maximum principal amount of up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00)
(the "Loan" or "Revolving Line of Credit Loan"), all upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents (as defined
hereinbelow). The Loan is, together with all other debts, liabilities and
obligations of BORROWER to the BANK, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
now existing or hereafter arising, hereinafter sometimes collectively referred
to as the "Obligations". The Loan is and shall be evidenced by a promissory note
of even date (the "Note" or the "Revolving Line of Credit Note"), the Loan and
all of the other Obligations are guaranteed by Catalina Coatings, Inc. (the
"Guarantor") pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement of even date (the "Guaranty"), and
secured pursuant to two (2) Security Agreements of even date by and between the
BANK and the BORROWER, and the BANK and the Guarantor (collectively, the
"Security Agreement") and the other Loan Documents. In connection with the Loan,
the BORROWER has and may hereafter execute certain other documents, certificates
and agreements, all of which are, together with this Agreement, the Note, the
Guaranty, and the Security Agreement and as all of the same may be hereafter
amended, modified, revised, renewed, or extended, sometimes collectively
referred to herein as the "Loan Documents". The Loan shall be made upon and
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Note, the Security
Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and this Agreement. The terms, conditions,
representations, warranties, and covenants set forth in this Agreement are in
addition to, and not in limitation of, the terms, conditions, representations,
warranties, and covenants set forth in the other Loan Documents. In the event of
any conflict between the terms, conditions, representations, warranties, and
covenants contained in the Loan Documents, the term, condition, representation,
warranty, or covenant which confers the greatest benefit upon the BANK shall
control. The determination as to which term, condition, representation,
warranty, or covenant is more beneficial shall be made by the BANK in its sole
discretion and shall be binding upon the BORROWER.



<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the BANK extending the Loan to the
BORROWER as described hereinbelow, the BANK and the BORROWER hereby agree as
follows:

I. REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT. The BANK shall make available to the BORROWER the
Revolving Line of Credit Loan in the maximum principal amount of up to Ten
Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00), as evidenced by the Revolving Line of Credit
Promissory Note made by the BORROWER payable to the order of the BANK in the
maximum principal amount of up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) of even
date herewith. The Revolving Line of Credit Loan shall be upon and subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the Revolving Line of Credit Note, the
other Loan Documents, and this Agreement.

A. Maximum Available Amount. The aggregate maximum amount available to the
BORROWER from time to time under the Revolving Line of Credit Loan shall be up
to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00).

B. Advances. The Revolving Line of Credit Loan shall be disbursed, advanced,
readvanced, and repaid as provided in the Revolving Line of Credit Note and this
Agreement. BORROWER may request advances in a minimum amount of Two Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (each such separate advance being
hereinafter referred to as an "Advance" and all such advances being collectively
referred to as the "Advances") , in writing from time to time in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement and such other procedures as the BANK may from
time to time specify in an amount such that (i) the aggregate amounts of all
Advances outstanding under the Revolving Line of Credit Loan do not exceed the
maximum available amount as set forth in Section I. A. above, and (ii) there
shall not be more than six (6) separate Advances (including automatic rollover
Advances) outstanding under the Revolving Line of Credit Loan at any one time.
The BANK shall be under no obligation to make any Advance (automatic or
otherwise) at any time or times during which an Event of Default has occurred or
is existing under this Agreement or the Loan Documents, or if any condition
exists which, if not cured, would with the passage of time or the giving of
notice, or both, constitute such an Event of Default. At the time of each
Advance and readvance under the Revolving Line of Credit Loan, BORROWER shall
immediately become indebted to the BANK for the amount thereof. Each such
Advance or readvance may be credited by the BANK to any deposit account of
BORROWER with the BANK, be paid to BORROWER, or applied to any Obligation, as
the BANK may in each instance elect. BORROWER authorizes the BANK to charge any
account which BORROWER maintains with the BANK for any payments which BORROWER
may or must make, or customarily makes, to the BANK from time to time.

C. Review and Repayment. The Revolving Line of Credit Loan shall be subject to
review and, at the sole option and discretion of the BANK, renewal on July 31,
1997, and, if renewed, thereafter on each subsequent anniversary of such date
(July 31, 1997, and each anniversary thereof to which the Revolving Line of
Credit Loan is renewed, being a "Review Date"). IF THE REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT
LOAN IS NOT RENEWED BY THE



<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

BANK AS AFORESAID ON ANY REVIEW DATE, THE ENTIRE AMOUNT OF OUTSTANDING
PRINCIPAL, ACCRUED INTEREST AND OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE THEREUNDER SHALL BE DUE
AND PAYABLE BY BORROWER ON SUCH REVIEW DATE. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES
THAT THE BANK HAS NO OBLIGATION OR COMMITMENT TO RENEW THE REVOLVING LINE OF
CREDIT LOAN ON ANY REVIEW DATE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, OR ANY PROVISION
OF THE REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT NOTE, ANY OF LOAN DOCUMENTS OR HEREIN TO THE
CONTRARY, THE REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT LOAN IS AND SHALL BE PAYABLE UPON DEMAND
BY THE BANK UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.

D. Interest Rate. The principal balance of each Advance outstanding from time to
time under the Revolving Line of Credit Loan shall, unless BORROWER has
otherwise elected the Prime Rate as provided herein below, bear interest during
the Advance Term (as hereinafter defined) therefor at a fixed rate equal to the
LIBOR Rate (as hereinafter defined) plus one and three-quarters percent (1.75%)
per annum. As used herein, for each Advance the term "LIBOR Rate" shall mean the
rate as determined by the BANK on the basis of the offered rates for deposits in
U.S. dollars for a thirty (30) day period which appear on the Telerate page 3750
or Reuter's LIBOR page as of 11:00 a.m. London time on the date that is two (2)
Banking Days preceding the first day of the Advance Term for such Advance. If
such rate does not appear on the Telerate page 3750 or Reuter's LIBOR page, the
rate for that date will be determined on the basis of the offered rates for
deposits in U.S. dollars for a thirty (30) day period which are offered by four
major banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. London
time on the date that is two (2) Banking Days preceding the first day of the
Advance Term for such Advance. The principal London office of each of the four
major BANKS in the London interbank market will be requested to provide a
quotation of its U.S. dollar deposit offered rate. If at least two such
quotations are provided, the rate for that date will be the arithmetic mean of
all such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the
rate for that date will be determined on the basis of the rates quoted for loans
in U.S. dollars to leading European BANKS for a thirty (30) day period offered
by major BANKS in New York City at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time,
on the date that is two (2) Banking Days preceding the first day of the Advance
Term for such Advance. In the event that the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System shall impose a Reserve Percentage on the BANK with respect to
LIBOR deposits of the BANK, then for any period during which such Reserve
Percentage shall apply, the LIBOR Rate shall be equal to the amount determined
above divided by an amount equal to 1 minus the Reserve Percentage actually
maintained by the BANK. In the event of any such imposition of a Reserve
Percentage, the BORROWER may elect by written notice to the BANK to have the
entire principal amount of all outstanding Advances bear interest at the Prime
Rate (as hereinafter defined). For purposes hereof, "Reserve Percentage" means
the rate (expressed as a decimal) at which the BANK is required to maintain
reserves under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System against Eurodollar liabilities outstanding. Interest shall be calculated
and charged daily on the basis of actual days elapsed over a three hundred sixty
(360) day banking year. The "Advance Term" for each Advance shall be a thirty
(30) day period beginning on the

                                       3

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

Banking Day elected by the BORROWER for such Advance to be made. BORROWER shall
notify BANK in writing at least two (2) Banking Days in advance of the date upon
which the BORROWER desires the Advance to be made. BORROWER's notice to BANK as
aforesaid shall specify the amount requested to be advanced under the Revolving
Line of Credit Loan and the date such Advance is to be made (which must be a
Banking Day). The entire principal amount of each outstanding Advance shall
either be repaid in full as of the end of the Advance Term therefor or, if not
repaid in full, shall automatically (and without requirement of written
notification by BORROWER) be deemed a new Advance as to which (i) the Advance
Term shall commence as of the next day after last day of the Advance Term then
ending and (ii) the interest rate therefor shall be equal to a fixed rate equal
to the LIBOR Rate as of two (2) Banking Days preceding the first day of such new
Advance Term plus one and three-quarters percent (1.75%) per annum. As used
herein, the term "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate published by The Wall Street
Journal from time to time under the category "Prime Rate: The Base Rate of
Corporate Loans posted by at least 75% of the Nation's 30 Largest Banks" (the
lowest of the rates so published if more than one rate is published under this
category at any given time) or such other comparable index rate selected by the
BANK in its sole discretion if The Wall Street Journal ceases to publish such
rate. The BORROWER acknowledges that the Prime Rate is used for reference
purposes only as an index and is not necessarily the lowest interest rate
charged by the BANK on commercial loans. Each time the Prime Rate changes the
interest rate under the Revolving Line of Credit Loan shall change
contemporaneously with such change in the Prime Rate. Interest shall be
calculated and charged daily on the basis of actual days elapsed over a three
hundred sixty (360) day banking year.

E. Change in Circumstances; Prepayments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a
result of any change in any foreign or United States law or regulation (or
change in the interpretation thereof) it is determined by BANK that it is
unlawful to maintain an Advance, or if any central BANK or governmental
authority (foreign or domestic) shall assert that it is unlawful to maintain a
Advance, then such Advance shall terminate and, if not then repaid in full,
shall bear interest at the Prime Rate. If for any reason an Advance is
terminated or prepaid prior to the end of an Advance Term, the BORROWER shall,
upon demand by BANK, pay to BANK any amounts required to compensate BANK for any
losses, costs, or expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of such
termination or prepayment, including, without limitation, any losses, costs, or
expenses incurred by reason of the liquidation or redeployment of deposits or
other funds acquired by the BANK to fund or maintain such Advance. For purposes
hereof, a "Banking Day" means a day upon which banks are open for business to
the general public in New Hampshire, and upon which dealings are carried on and
banks are open for business in the London interbank market.

F. Purposes. Amounts advanced to BORROWER under the Revolving Line of Credit
Loan shall be used solely for BORROWER's ordinary working capital requirements
and general corporate purposes.

                                       4

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

II. FEES. In addition to such other fees as are provided in this Agreement and
in the other Loan Documents, BORROWER agrees to pay the BANK the fees set forth
on Schedule II attached hereto.

III. PAYMENTS. All payments made by the BORROWER of principal and interest on
the Loan, and other sums and charges payable under the Loan Documents, shall be
made to the BANK in accordance with the terms of the respective Loan Documents
in lawful United States of America currency at its office set forth above, or by
the debiting by the BANK of the demand deposit account(s) in the name of the
BORROWER at the BANK, or in such other reasonable manner as may be designated by
the BANK in writing to the BORROWER.

IV. SECURITY. The Loan and all other Obligations of the BORROWER to the BANK,
whether now existing or hereafter arising, shall at all times be guaranteed by
the Guarantor pursuant to the Guaranty and be secured by perfected first
security interests in and liens on the Collateral (as hereinafter defined),
which security interests and liens shall continue until payment in full of all
amounts outstanding under the Loan and the other Obligations. The term
"Collateral" as used herein shall be deemed to include all property and assets
of the BORROWER and the Guarantor secured, mortgaged, pledged, assigned, or
otherwise encumbered or covered by any of the Loan Documents, including, but not
limited to the Security Agreement. The BORROWER covenants and agrees to take
such further actions and to execute such additional documents as may be
necessary from time to time to enable the BANK to obtain and maintain the
security interests and liens arising under the Loan Documents. If the Collateral
includes accounts and account receivables of BORROWER, then, in addition to such
other rights and remedies as are provided the BANK under the Loan Documents, the
BORROWER agrees that BANK may communicate with account debtors in order to
verify the existence, amount, and terms of any such accounts and accounts
receivable. Upon an Event of Default, BANK may notify account debtors of the
BANK's security interest and require that payments on accounts and account
receivables be made directly to BANK, and, after an Event of Default, upon the
request of BANK, BORROWER shall notify account debtors and indicate on all
billings that payments and returns are to be made directly to BANK. In
furtherance of the foregoing, BORROWER hereby appoints BANK as attorney
irrevocable with full power to collect, compromise, endorse, sell, or otherwise
deal with the BORROWER's accounts and account receivables or proceeds thereof
and to perform the terms of any contract in order to create accounts and account
receivables in BANK's name or in the name of BORROWER.

V. SUBORDINATION AND STANDBY OF DEBT. The BORROWER covenants and agrees that all
existing debt of BORROWER to any officer, director, or shareholder of BORROWER,
and all future debt if permitted hereunder of BORROWER to any officer, director,
or shareholder of a BORROWER, shall be and hereby is, without need for further
writing, made subject and subordinate to the prior payment and performance of
all the Loan

                                       5
<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

and other Obligations of BORROWER. In furtherance of the foregoing, the BORROWER
shall provide such subordinations, certificates, and other documents, and shall
mark its corporate books, records, stock certificates, and ledgers, as the BANK
may reasonably request from time to time, in form and substance satisfactory to
BANK and BANK's counsel, evidencing the subordination of all debt of BORROWER to
any officer, director, or shareholder of a BORROWER, whether now existing or
hereafter arising, in accordance with the covenants of BORROWER hereunder.

VI. CONTINUING REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. BORROWER warrants and represents
to the BANK that so long as any of the Obligations are outstanding:

A. Good Standing. BORROWER is duly organized, validly existing, and in good
standing under the laws of its state of organization and is qualified to do
business in all other jurisdictions where the nature of the business conducted
or property owned by BORROWER require it to be so qualified. BORROWER has the
power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

B. Authority. BORROWER has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement
and to borrow under the Loan Documents, to execute and deliver the Loan
Documents and to incur the obligations provided for herein and in the Loan
Documents, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary
corporate or other action. The persons executing the Loan Documents on behalf of
the BORROWER have been duly authorized to do so.

C. Binding Agreement. This Agreement and the Loan Documents constitute the valid
and legally binding obligations of the BORROWER, enforceable in accordance with
their terms.

D. Litigation. Except for the lawsuits disclosed on Schedule VI. D. attached
hereto (the "Current Lawsuits"), there are no suits or proceedings of any kind
or nature pending or, to the knowledge of the BORROWER, threatened against or
affecting the BORROWER or its assets which, if adversely determined, would have
a material adverse affect on the financial condition or business of the BORROWER
or the Guarantor and which have not been disclosed in writing to the BANK.

E. Conflicting Agreements; Consents. There is no charter, bylaw, preference
stock, or trust provision of the BORROWER, and no provision(s) of any existing
mortgage, indenture, contract or agreement binding on the BORROWER or affecting
its property, which would conflict with, have a material adverse affect upon, or
in any way prevent the execution, delivery, or performance of the terms of this
Agreement or the Loan Documents. BORROWER is not required to obtain any order,
consent, approval, authorization of any person, entity, or governmental
authority in connection with or as a condition to the execution, delivery, and
performance of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the granting of the
security interests and liens in the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the BANK acknowledges that the BORROWER's collateral assignment to the BANK of,
and granting of security interests to BANK in, amounts now due and hereafter
becoming due

                                       6

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

under various agreements and contracts to which BORROWER is a party may, in
certain circumstances, be contrary to or in violation of the express terms,
conditions, or limitations of such contracts and agreements. BANK agrees that
any such violations shall not be deemed a breach of the BORROWER's
representations under this Section VI. E. or of BORROWER's similar
representations or covenants elsewhere in this Agreement or any of the Loan
Documents. The foregoing shall in no manner limit the effect of the collateral
assignment under the Security Agreement by the BORROWER to the BANK of the
accounts arising under such contracts or agreements for the payment of money now
due or hereafter becoming due to the BORROWER thereunder, or of the security
interests of the BANK in such accounts, or of the BANK's rights with respect
thereto under the Security Agreement.

F. Financial Condition. The financial statements delivered to the BANK by the
BORROWER have been and shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, consistently applied, are and will be complete and
correct, and fairly present the financial condition and results of the BORROWER.
Other than those liabilities disclosed in writing to the BANK, including, but
not limited to, the Current Lawsuits, there are no liabilities, direct or
indirect, fixed or contingent, of the BORROWER which are not reflected in the
financial statements or in the notes thereto which would be required to be
disclosed therein and there has been no material adverse change in the financial
condition or operations of the BORROWER since the date of such financial
statements.

G. Taxes. BORROWER has filed all federal, state and local tax returns required
to be filed by them and have paid all taxes shown by such returns to be due and
payable on or before the due dates thereof.

H. Solvency. The present fair saleable value of the BORROWER's assets is greater
than the amount required to pay its total liabilities; the amount of the
BORROWER's capital is adequate in view of the type of business in which it is
engaged.

I. Full Disclosure. None of the information with respect to the BORROWER which
has been furnished to the BANK in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omits to
state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not
misleading.

J. Employee Benefit Plans. To BORROWER's knowledge, all Plans (as hereinafter
defined) which are pension plans as defined in Section 3(2) of the Employment
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), qualify under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended, the "IRC"), and
all Plans are in compliance with the provisions of the IRC and ERISA, and have
been administered in accordance with their terms. The term "Plan" means any
pension plan, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA and any welfare plan, as
defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, which is sponsored, maintained or contributed
to by BORROWER or any commonly controlled entity, or in respect of which
BORROWER or a commonly controlled entity is an "employer" as defined in Section
3(5) of ERISA. To BORROWER's knowledge, and except with respect to events which
would not have a material adverse affect on BORROWER's business or financial
condition:

                                       7
<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

     (i) Prohibited Transactions. None of the Plans has participated in, engaged
in or been a party to any non-exempt "prohibited transaction" as defined in
ERISA or the IRC, and no officer, director or employee of BORROWER has committed
a breach of any of the responsibilities or obligations imposed upon fiduciaries
by Title I or ERISA.

     (ii) Claims. There are no contested claims, pending or threatened,
involving any Plan which is a pension plan by a current or former employee (or
beneficiary thereof) of BORROWER, nor is there any reasonable basis to
anticipate any claims involving any such Plan.

     (iii) Reporting and Disclosure Requirements. There have been no violations
of any reporting or disclosure requirements with respect to any Plan and no such
Plan has violated applicable law, including but not limited to ERISA and the
IRC.

     (iv) "Accumulated Funding Deficiency"; Reportable Event. No Plan which is a
defined benefit pension plan has (a) incurred an "accumulated funding
deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 412(a) of the IRC), whether or not
waived, (b) been a plan with respect to which a Reportable Event (to the extent
that the reporting of such events to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
(the "PBGC") within thirty (30) days of the occurrence has not been waived) has
occurred and is continuing, or (c) been a Plan with respect to which there
exists conditions or events which have occurred presenting a risk of termination
by PBGC.

     (v) Multiemployer Plan. No Plan which is a multiemployer pension plan (as
defined in Section 414(f) of the IRC) to which BORROWER contributes has been a
plan with respect to which BORROWER has received any notification that such
Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated within the
meaning of Title IV of ERISA and no such Multiemployer Plan is reasonably
expected to be in reorganization or to be terminated within the meaning of Title
IV of ERISA. BORROWER has not withdrawn from, or incurred any withdrawal
liability to, any multiemployer plan.

     (vi) COBRA. There has been no violation of the applicable requirements of
Section 4980B of the IRC pertaining to COBRA continuation coverage with respect
to any Plan.

         (vii) Employee Welfare Benefit Plans. No Plan which is a medical,
dental, health, disability, insurance or other plan or arrangement, whether oral
or written, which constitutes an "employee welfare benefit plan" as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA, has any unfunded accrued liability or provides benefits
to former employees or retirees (except as may be required by COBRA).

K. Location of Records. All of the books and records or true and complete copies
thereof relating to the accounts and contracts of the BORROWER are and will be
kept at BORROWER's principal place of business located at the address first set
forth above (the "Premises").

                                       8

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

L. Compliance with Laws. The BORROWER is in compliance in all material respects
with all laws and governmental rules and regulations applicable to the
Collateral and to its business, properties and assets.

M. Hazardous Waste. No Hazardous Waste (as hereinafter defined) has been
generated, stored or treated on any of the premises occupied by BORROWER, except
in compliance with all applicable laws. No Hazardous Waste has ever been, is
being, is intended to be, or is threatened to be spilled, released, discharged,
disposed, placed or otherwise caused to be found in the soil or water in, under,
or upon any of the premises occupied by the BORROWER. The BORROWER agrees to
indemnify and hold the BANK harmless from and against any claims, damages,
liabilities (whether joint or several), losses and expenses (including, without
limitation, attorneys' fees) incurred by the BANK as a result of the breach of
these representations. For the purpose of this Agreement, the term "Hazardous
Waste" means "hazardous waste", "hazardous material", "hazardous substance", and
"oil" as presently defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the
Hazardous Material Transportation Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act,
and corresponding state and local statutes, ordinances, and regulations, as such
statutes, ordinances and regulations may be amended, or as defined in any
federal or state regulation adopted pursuant to such acts.

N. Title to Collateral. BORROWER, or Guarantor, as the case may be, has and will
at all times have good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear
from any liens, security interests, mortgages, encumbrances, pledges or other
right, title or interest of any other person or entity, except those arising
under the Loan Documents or disclosed to the BANK in the Security Agreement
("Permitted Encumbrances").

O. Employees. BORROWER has complied with all laws relating to the employment of
labor, including any provisions thereof relating to ERISA, wages, hours,
collective bargaining, the payment of social security and similar taxes, equal
employment opportunity, employment discrimination and occupational safety and
health, and is not liable for any arrears of wages or any taxes or penalties for
failure to comply with any of the foregoing.

VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Until payment in full of all indebtedness under the
Loan and the other Obligations, BORROWER, agrees that, unless the BANK shall
otherwise consent in writing, it will:

A. Prompt Payment. Pay promptly, subject to any applicable cure or grace period,
when due all amounts due and owing to the BANK.

B. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loan only for business purposes and
will furnish the BANK with such evidence as it may reasonably require with
respect to such use.

C. Financial Statements. Furnish the BANK with the following financial
statements of BORROWER:

                                       9
<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

1. United States Securities and Exchange Commission Annual Report on Form 10K of
BORROWER within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year;
and

2. United States Securities and Exchange Commission Form 10-Q of BORROWER within
forty-five (45) days after the end of each of BORROWER's first three (3) fiscal
quarters of each fiscal year;

3. Financial statements of BORROWER, including a balance sheet and statement of
income, as prepared by management in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, within ninety (90) days of the end of the fourth fiscal
quarter of each fiscal year; and

4. United States Securities and Exchange Commission Form 8-K of BORROWER within
five (5) days of filing thereof.

All such statements shall be prepared on a consistent basis in a format
reasonably acceptable to the BANK.

D. Maintenance of Existence. Take all necessary action to maintain BORROWER's
legal existence.

E. Maintenance of Business. Do or cause to be done all things necessary to
maintain and preserve BORROWER's business.

F. Maintenance of Insurance. Keep all of BORROWER's properties (specifically
including, but not limited to, the Collateral) adequately insured against loss
or damage by fire and such other casualties and hazards as the BANK may specify
from time to time; maintain adequate Workman's Compensation Insurance under
applicable laws, Comprehensive General Public Liability Insurance, directors'
and officers' liability insurance, and products liability insurance; and
maintain adequate insurance covering such other risks as the BANK may reasonably
specify from time to time hereafter. All insurance required hereunder shall be
effected by valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers of recognized
responsibility authorized to transact business within the state of New
Hampshire, and shall, inter alia, (1) name the BANK as a loss payee, (2) provide
that no action of the BORROWER shall void any such policy as to the BANK, and
(3) provide that the BANK shall be notified in writing of any proposed
cancellation of such policy at least thirty (30) days in advance thereof and
will have the opportunity to correct any deficiencies justifying such proposed
cancellation. For the purposes of this Paragraph, an insurance policy shall be
deemed to be "adequate" if it provides coverage against such risks and in such
amounts as is customarily carried by owners of similar businesses and
properties.

G. Inspection by the BANK. BORROWER agrees that the BANK may conduct regular
field examination audits of the BORROWER's books, records, accounts, inventory,
and other property up to two (2) times during each of BORROWER's fiscal years
and that BORROWER shall pay the BANK all reasonable fees, costs, and expenses
charged or incurred by BANK for such audits. BORROWER also agrees that upon
prior reasonable

                                       10
<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

notice (other than in emergencies when no notice shall be required) and during
normal business hours, it shall permit any person designated by the BANK to
inspect any of BORROWER's properties, including its books, records, and accounts
(and including the making of copies thereof and extracts therefrom) all at
BANK's cost and expense. After and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, BORROWER also agrees that the BANK may conduct field examination audits
of the BORROWER's books, records, accounts, inventory, and other property as
often as the BANK deems necessary and appropriate in its sole discretion and
that BORROWER shall pay the BANK all reasonable fees, costs, and expenses
charged or incurred by BANK for such audits without limitation as to amount. All
inspections and audits by BANK pursuant hereto shall be conducted in a manner
which to the greatest extent possible minimizes any interference with or
disruption of BORROWER's normal operations.

H. Prompt Payment of Taxes. Accrue its tax liability (including withholdings for
employee taxes and social security) in accordance with usual accounting practice
and pay or discharge (or cause to be paid or discharged) as they become due all
taxes, assessments, and government charges upon its property, operations, income
and products (as well as all claims for labor, materials or supplies), which, if
unpaid might become a lien upon any of its property; provided, that the BORROWER
shall, prior to payment thereof, have the right to contest such taxes,
assessments and charges in good faith by appropriate proceedings so long as the
BANK's interests are protected by bond, letter of credit, escrowed funds or
other appropriate security.

I. Notification of Default Under This and Other Loan or Financing Arrangements.
Promptly notify the BANK in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default
under this Agreement or any other loan or financing arrangement to which the
BORROWER is a party.

J. Notification of Litigation. Promptly notify the BANK in writing of any
litigation that has been instituted or is pending or threatened which might have
a material adverse affect on its continued operations or financial condition.

K. Notification of Governmental Action. Promptly notify the BANK in writing of
any governmental investigation or proceeding that has been instituted or is
pending or threatened, including without limitation, matters relating to the
federal or state tax returns of the BORROWER or the guarantor, compliance with
the Occupational Safety and Health Act, or proceedings by the Treasury
Department, Labor Department, or Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation with
respect to matters affecting employee welfare, benefit or retirement programs.

L. Preservation of the Collateral. Take all reasonably necessary steps to
preserve, protect and defend the Collateral and keep it in good operating
condition and repair (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and free of unpermitted
liens and give BANK access to and permit it to inspect the Collateral during all
business hours and other reasonable times.

                                       11

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

M.  Maintenance of Records. Keep adequate records and books of account, in which
complete entries will be made in a manner reasonably acceptable to the BANK and
consistently applied, reflecting all financial transactions of the BORROWER.

N. Compliance With Laws. Comply in all material respects with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations, and orders, such compliance to include, without
limitation, paying before the same become delinquent all taxes, assessments, and
governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property; provided, however,
that BORROWER shall be entitled to contest the same in good faith so long as
such action, in the BANK's sole opinion, does not have an adverse affect upon
the BANK's rights hereunder or the Collateral.

0. Accounts, Deposits, and Balances. BORROWER shall maintain its primary
operating and deposit accounts with the BANK.

P. Notification of Material Adverse Changes. Promptly notify the BANK in writing
of any conditions or circumstances which might have a material adverse effect on
BORROWER's continued operations or financial condition.

Q. Additional Financial and Other Covenants. Comply with the following
additional financial and other covenants:

1. BORROWER shall have a Tangible Capital Base (as hereinafter defined) equal to
at least Forty- four Million Three Hundred Ninety Thousand Dollars
($44,390,000.00) as at December 31, 1996, which Tangible Capital Base
requirement shall be measured and increased (but never, in any event decreased)
on a cumulative basis as at each fiscal quarter end thereafter by an amount
equal to the sum of (a) seventy-five percent (75%) of BORROWER's net income for
each such fiscal quarter and (b) the amount of equity capital proceeds received
by BORROWER during such fiscal quarter as a result of the issuance of capital
stock. "Tangible Capital Base" means total shareholders' equity less intangible
assets less Subordinated Debt, all as determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles from BORROWER'S financial statements delivered to
the BANK in accordance with the covenants of the BORROWER in the Loan Agreement
(the "Financial Statements"); and

2. BORROWER shall have "Debt Coverage" (as hereinafter defined) of not less than
3:1 for each fiscal quarter commencing March 31, 1997. For purposes hereof,
"Debt Coverage" shall mean the ratio of BORROWER's net income for the applicable
fiscal quarter ending on the date of determination, before reduction for
interest, depreciation, taxes, and amortization expense for such period, to the
aggregate amount of interest expense and current maturities on long term debt
payable by BORROWER during such fiscal quarter, all as determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principals from the Financial Statements; and

                                       12

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

3. BORROWER shall maintain a ratio of Current Assets (as hereinafter defined) to
Current Liabilities (as hereinafter defined) as at December 31, 1996 and as at
the end of each fiscal quarter thereafter of not less than 1:1. For purposes
hereof, "Current Assets" shall mean the amount of cash, cash equivalents,
marketable securities, and accounts receivable as at the fiscal quarter ending
on the date of determination, all as determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principals from the Financial Statements. For purposes
hereof, "Current Liabilities" shall mean the amount of current liabilities as at
the fiscal quarter ending on the date of determination, all as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principals from the Financial
Statements; and

4. BORROWER shall maintain a ratio of Total Liabilities (as hereinafter defined)
to Tangible Capital Base as at December 31, 1996 and as at the end of each
fiscal quarter thereafter of not greater than 0.5:1. For purposes hereof, "Total
Liabilities" shall mean the aggregate amount of all liabilities as at the fiscal
quarter ending on the date of determination, all as determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principals from the Financial Statements; and

5. BORROWER shall maintain Cash Equivalents (as hereinafter defined) of not less
than $2,000,000.00 at all times. For purposes hereof, "Cash Equivalents " shall
mean the aggregate amount of all cash, bank accounts, certificates of deposit,
and marketable securities (i.e. equity securities listed on the New York or
American stock exchanges or quoted on the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation system (NASDAQ), state or municipal bonds, or United
States Treasury securities) as at the fiscal quarter ending on the date of
determination, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principals from the Financial Statements; and

6. BORROWER shall report and certify to BANK compliance with the financial
covenants hereinabove within forty-five (45) days of the end of each of the
first three (3) fiscal quarters and within ninety (90) days of the fourth fiscal
quarter on such form or forms as may from time to time be specified by the BANK.

     VIII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Until payment in full of all indebtedness under
the Loan and the other Obligations, BORROWER covenants that it will not, without
the express prior written consent of the BANK:

A. Nature and Scope of Business. Enter into any type of business other than that
in which it is presently engaged, or otherwise significantly change the scope or
nature of its business.

B. Liens and Mortgages. Incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage,
pledge, lien, attachment, charge or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever
on any of the properties or assets of BORROWER, including, but not limited to,
the Collateral, now or hereafter owned, other than (1) the security interests or
liens granted to the BANK pursuant to the Loan Documents; (2) deposits under
Workmen's Compensation, Unemployment

                                       13

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

Insurance and Social Security laws; (3) liens imposed by law, such as carriers,
warehousemen's or mechanic's liens incurred in good faith in the ordinary course
of business, and which do not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on
the BORROWER's financial condition or the Collateral; (4) the Permitted
Encumbrances; (5) purchase money security interests; and (6) a mortgage of and
lien on the real property, improvements and fixtures constituting the new
facility to be located in Hudson, New Hampshire as referenced in Section XI.P.
below but only in the event that the BANK does not extend to the BORROWER a
mortgage loan on mutually agreeable terms pursuant to said Section X.I. P.

C. Acquisition of Stock. Purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any of
its outstanding capital stock.

D. Loans. Loan money or make advances to officers to officers, stockholders, or
directors of BORROWER which loans in the aggregate exceed Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or to subsidiaries or affiliates of BORROWER
which loans in the aggregate exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00).

E. Places of Business; Location of Collateral. Maintain or relocate to, open
(other than BORROWER's currently planned additional facility in Hudson, New
Hampshire) or close, any other place of business or move any of the Collateral
from the Premises (other than to BORROWER's currently planned additional
facility in Hudson, New Hampshire), except upon thirty (30) days prior written
notice to the BANK.

IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO MAKING OF LOANS. The obligation of the BANK to make
any Loan and make disbursements and advances of the proceeds of the same to the
BORROWER is subject to the satisfaction by the BORROWER or its representatives
of the following conditions precedent with respect to such Loan: (1) BORROWER
and the Guarantor have executed and delivered all of the Loan Documents deemed
appropriate and necessary by the BANK, in form and substance satisfactory to the
BANK, including, but not limited to, the documents described on the Closing
Agenda attached hereto as Schedule IX; (2) the BORROWER's and Guarantor's
warranties and representations as contained herein and in the Loan Documents
shall be accurate and complete and BANK has received satisfactory evidence of
the same; (3) the BANK has received an opinion of BORROWER's and Guarantor's
legal counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the BANK and its legal
counsel; and (4) the BORROWER shall not be in default under any of the
covenants, warranties, representations, terms, or conditions contained in this
Agreement or in the Loan Documents as of the date of entering into such Loan and
as of the date of each disbursement and advance thereunder.

X. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION. The occurrence of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute a default under this Agreement, each of the
Loan Documents, and each of the Obligations (individually, an "Event of
Default", and

                                       14

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

collectively, "Events of Default"): (1) if any statement, representation or
warranty made by the BORROWER or Guarantor in this Agreement or in any of the
Loan Documents, or in connection with any of the same, or if any financial
statement, report, schedule, or certificate furnished by the BORROWER or any of
its officers or accountants to the BANK, shall prove to have been false or
misleading when made, or subsequently becomes false or misleading, in any
material respect (as determined in the BANK's sole discretion); (2) default by
the BORROWER in payment on or before ten (10) days after its due date of any
principal or interest called for under the Loan or the Loan Documents, or of any
other amounts due under any other of the Obligations; (3) any other event of
default under, or default by the BORROWER or Guarantor in the performance or
observance of, any of the provisions, terms, conditions, warranties or covenants
of this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or any other of the Obligations which
default is not cured within thirty (30) days of BORROWER's knowledge thereof, or
such longer period as is reasonably required to effect such cure so long as
BORROWER promptly commences and diligently pursues such cure; provided, however,
that the BORROWER shall not be entitled to any cure period or the continuance or
extension thereof if the existence or continuance of such default has an
immediate material adverse affect upon the BORROWER, the Guarantor, the
Collateral, or any of the rights and remedies of the BANK under this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents; (4) the dissolution, termination of
existence, merger or consolidation of any BORROWER or Guarantor, or a sale of
BORROWER's or Guarantor 's business or the Collateral not in the ordinary course
of business; (5) BORROWER or Guarantor shall (a) apply for or consent to the
appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator of it or any of its property,
(b) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (c) be adjudicated
as bankrupt or insolvent, (d) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or a
petition or an answer seeking reorganization, arrangement, insolvency,
readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation under any law or statute, or an
answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any
proceeding under any such law or statute, or (e) offer or enter into any
composition, extension or arrangement seeking relief or extension of its debts;
(6) proceedings shall be commenced or an order, judgment or decree shall be
entered, without the application, approval or consent of BORROWER or Guarantor,
in or by any court of competent jurisdiction, relating to the bankruptcy,
dissolution, liquidation, reorganization or the appointment of a receiver,
trustee or liquidator of BORROWER or Guarantor, or of all or a substantial part
of its assets, and such proceedings, order, judgment or decree shall continue
undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; (7) BORROWER's or
Guarantor's inability to pay its debts as they mature or other act of
insolvency, as determined by the BANK in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principals; or (8) a judgment for the payment of money exceeding
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) shall be rendered against BORROWER or
Guarantor and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30)
days, during which period execution shall not be effectively stayed.

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the BANK's commitment to make the
Loan under the Loan Documents or any other agreement with the BORROWER, and to
make any Advances or disbursements under any Loan, shall immediately cease and
terminate and, at the election of the BANK, all of the Obligations of the
BORROWER to the BANK, either under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or
otherwise, will immediately become due and

                                       15
<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

payable without further demand, notice or protest, all of which are hereby
expressly waived. Thereafter, the BANK may proceed to protect and enforce its
rights, at law, in equity, or otherwise, against the BORROWER, the Guarantor,
and any other endorser or guarantor of the BORROWER's Obligations, either
jointly or severally, and may proceed to liquidate and realize upon any of its
Collateral in accordance with the rights of a secured party under the Uniform
Commercial Code, under any other applicable law, under any Loan Documents, under
any other agreement between the BORROWER and the BANK, or under any agreement
between any guarantor or endorser of the BORROWER's Obligations to the BANK, and
to apply the proceeds thereof to payment of the Obligations of the BORROWER to
the BANK in such order and in such manner as the BANK, in its sole discretion,
deems appropriate.

XI.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

A. Entire Agreement; Waivers. This Agreement, the Schedules hereto, and the Loan
Documents together constitute the entire agreement between the BORROWER and the
BANK and no covenant, term, condition or other provision thereof nor any default
in connection therewith may be waived except by an instrument in writing, signed
by the BANK and delivered to the BORROWER. The BANK's failure to exercise or
enforce any of its rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement or the Loan
Documents shall not operate as a waiver thereof. In the event of any conflict
between the terms, covenants, conditions and restrictions contained in the Loan
Documents, the term, covenant, condition or restriction which confers the
greatest benefit upon the BANK shall control. The determination as to which
term, covenant, condition or restriction is more beneficial shall be made by the
BANK in its sole discretion.

B. Remedies Cumulative. All remedies provided under this Agreement and the Loan
Documents or afforded by law shall be cumulative and available to the BANK until
all of the BORROWER's Obligations to the BANK have been paid in full.

C. Survival of Covenants. All covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties made in this Agreement and in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to
be material and to have been relied on by the BANK, notwithstanding any
investigation made by the BANK or in its behalf, and shall survive the execution
and delivery of this Agreement and the Loan Documents. All such covenants,
agreements, representations and warranties shall bind and inure to the benefit
of the BORROWER's and the BANK's successors and assigns, whether so expressed or
not.

D. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be
construed and their provisions interpreted under and in accordance with the laws
of the State of New Hampshire. The BORROWER, to the extent they may legally do
so, hereby consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New
Hampshire and the United States District Court for the State of New Hampshire
for the purpose of any suit, action or other

                                       16

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

proceeding arising out of any of their obligations hereunder or with respect to
the transactions contemplated hereby, and expressly waive any and all objections
they may have to venue in any such courts.

E. Assurance of Execution and Delivery of Additional Instruments. The BORROWER
agrees to execute and deliver, or to cause to be executed and delivered, to the
BANK all such further instruments, and to do or cause to be done all such
further acts and things, as the BANK may reasonably request or as may be
necessary or desirable to effect further the purposes of this Agreement and the
Loan Documents.

F. Waivers and Assents. The BORROWER, and any guarantor or endorser of the
BORROWER's Obligations to the BANK, hereby waive, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, all rights to marshalling of assets and all rights to demand,
notice, protest, notice of acceptance of this Agreement and the Loan Documents,
notice of the Loan made, credit extended, Collateral received or delivered or
other action taken in reliance hereon and all other demands and notices of any
description with respect both to the Loan Documents and the Collateral. The
BORROWER assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any
other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of Collateral, to the
addition or release of any party or person primarily or secondarily liable, to
the acceptance of partial payments thereon and the settlement, compromising or
adjusting of any thereof, all in such manner and at such time or times as the
BANK may deem advisable.

G. No Duty of the BANK With Respect to the Collateral. Except as may otherwise
be specifically required under the Uniform Commercial Code, the BANK shall have
no duty as to the collection or protection of Collateral or any income thereon,
nor as to the preservation of rights against prior parties, nor as to the
preservation of any rights pertaining thereto, beyond the safe custody thereof.

H. Election of the BANK. The BANK may exercise its rights with respect to
Collateral without resorting or regard to other collateral or sources of
reimbursement for the Obligations of BORROWER to the BANK.

I. Assignment. If at any time, by assignment or otherwise, the BANK transfers
its rights in any of the BORROWER's Obligations and its rights in Collateral
therefor, in whole or in part, such transfer shall carry with it the powers and
rights of the BANK under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and the Collateral
so transferred and the transferee shall become vested with such powers and
rights whether or not they are specifically referred to in the instrument
evidencing the transfer. If, and to the extent that the BANK retains such rights
and Collateral, the BANK shall continue to have the rights and powers herein set
forth with respect thereto. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the BANK, the BORROWER and the
guarantor, their successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives;
provided, however, the rights and obligations of the BORROWER are not
assignable, delegable or transferable without the consent of the

                                       17

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

BANK. All of the rights of the BANK under this Agreement and the Loan Documents
shall inure to the benefit of any participating BANK or BANKS and its or their
successors and assigns.

J. Expenses; Proceeds of Collateral. The BORROWER covenants and agrees that it
shall pay to the BANK, on demand, any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs, sheriffs' fees, and other
expenses incurred or paid by the BANK in protecting and enforcing its rights
under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and the other Obligations, including
the costs of preparation of any amendments, modifications, consents, or waivers
in respect of the Loan Agreements or the Loan Documents, and all filing,
auditing, accounting, and appraisal fees. After deducting all of said expenses
and the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling
and the like, the residue of any proceeds of collections or sale of Collateral
shall be applied to the payment of principal of or interest on Obligations of
the BORROWER to the BANK in such order or preference as the BANK may determine,
and any excess shall be returned to the BORROWER (subject to the provisions of
the Uniform Commercial Code) and the BORROWER shall remain liable for any
deficiency.

K.  The BANK's Right of Offset.  The BORROWER hereby grants to the BANK a
continuing security interest in, and upon an Event of Default the right to set
off against, any deposits or other sums at any time credited or due from the
BANK or Citizens Bank Investment Services, Inc. to the BORROWER, and any
securities or other property of the BORROWER which at any time are in the
possession of the BANK or Citizens Bank Investment Services, Inc., for the
payment of any Obligations due the BANK. The BANK may apply or set off such
deposits or other sums against the BORROWER's Obligations whether or not the
Collateral is considered by the BANK to be adequate. The BORROWER expressly
grants to the BANK the right to set off and apply such deposits and sums upon an
Event of Default without having to resort to recourse to any other Collateral in
which the BANK has a security interest.

L. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for
hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic communication) and shall be
either mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by
overnight courier service, to the applicable party at the addresses set forth in
this Agreement.

M. Savings Clause. Any provision of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents
which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof
or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

N. Term of this Agreement and the Loan Documents. This Agreement and the Loan
Documents shall remain in full force and effect until all of the Obligations
have been paid in

                                       18

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

full, all of the terms, conditions and covenants under the Loan Documents have
been performed, and all commitments of the BANK to advance funds under the Loan
has terminated.

O. Interest Rate Provisions. The interest rate provisions of each of the
Obligations are subject to the condition that in no event shall the amount paid
or agreed to be paid to the holder of such Obligation which is deemed interest
under applicable law exceed the maximum rate of interest on the unpaid principal
balance of such Obligation allowed by applicable law, if any, (the "Maximum
Allowable Rate"). For purposes hereof, "applicable law" shall mean the law in
effect on the date hereof, except that if there is a change in such law which
results in a higher Maximum Allowable Rate being applicable to the Obligation
subject thereto, then such Obligation shall be governed by such amended law from
and after its effective date. In the event that fulfillment of any provisions of
any Obligation results in the interest rate thereunder being in excess of the
Maximum Allowable Rate, then amount to be paid thereunder resulting in an
excessive interest rate shall automatically be reduced to eliminate such excess.
If notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder of such Obligation receives an
amount which under applicable law would cause the interest rate thereunder to
exceed the Maximum Allowable Rate, the portion thereof which would be excessive
shall automatically be applied to and deemed a prepayment of the unpaid
principal balance under such Obligation and not a payment of interest.

P. Proposed Mortgage Term Loan. Upon the BORROWER's completion of the
construction of its proposed new facility in Hudson, New Hampshire, and issuance
of occupancy and operating permits therefor by the appropriate authorities, the
BANK agrees to use its best efforts to provide to the BORROWER a mortgage term
loan in an approximate amount of up to $6,000,000.00 and for a term not to
exceed fifteen (15) years. The actual amount, term, applicable interest rate and
other charges will be subject to agreement of the BANK and the BORROWER at the
time of the underwriting of the mortgage term loan. The proceeds of such
mortgage term loan will be used to pay outstanding principal under the Revolving
Line of Credit Loan but shall not reduce the maximum available amount thereunder
as provided by Section I. A. of this Agreement. The mortgage term loan will be
secured by a first mortgage on the completed facility and real estate. Whether
the BANK will be able to provide such a mortgage term loan will depend upon the
then general banking conditions and underwriting requirements. It will also
depend upon conditions specific to the BORROWER and the property, such as the
financial and operating condition of the BORROWER, the appraised value and
environmental condition of the property, and other specific underwriting
criteria applicable to the BORROWER. While the BANK will use its best efforts to
make this mortgage term loan available, the BANK cannot guaranty that it will be
able to do so.

Q. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE BORROWER WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL
BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE
LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH DISPUTE SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A JUDGE
SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

                                       19

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the BANK and the BORROWER have executed this Agreement all
as of the day and year first above written.

                                   CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE

 /s/ Tom Manson                          By: /s/ Dianne M. Srebnick
- ----------------------------           -----------------------------
Witness                                  Dianne M. Srebnick,
                                         Assistant Vice President

                                   PRESSTEK, INC.

 /s/ Tom Manson                        By: /s/ Robert E. Verrando
- ----------------------------           -----------------------------
Witness                                Robert E. Verrando, President



                                       20


<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

                           CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT
                                   SCHEDULE II
                            FEES PAYABLE BY BORROWER

Initial Facility Fee:  $25,000.00 payable on the date hereof.

Annual Facility Renewal Fee: $12,500.00 for a renewal as of July 31, 1997 and
$25,000.00 payable on each Review Date thereafter at which the Revolving Line of
Credit is renewed.

Unused Commitment Fee: .05% per annum of the daily average of unadvanced amounts
under the Revolving Line of Credit (based upon the maximum available amount
thereunder of $10,000,000.00), determined and payable quarterly in arrears.

                                       21

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

                           CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT
                                 SCHEDULE VI. D.

                            DESCRIPTION OF LITIGATION


                            See attached description.

                                        22

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

                           CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                   SCHEDULE IX

                                 CLOSING AGENDA

                           CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE
                     $10,000,000.00 REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

                                       TO
                                 PRESSTEK, INC.
                                  ("Borrower")

                                   Guaranteed
                                       by
                             Catalina Coatings, Inc.
                                  ("Guarantor")

                                December 18, 1996

             -------------------------------------------------------


                      DILIGENCE AND DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST

I.   BORROWER DUE DILIGENCE           RESPONSIBLE PARTY              STATUS
- --   ----------------------           -----------------              ------

1.   Secretary's Certificate
     Re: Directors' Borrowing
     Resolutions for RLOC;
     Bylaws; and Officers' and
     Directors' Incumbency                   (BC)

2.   Certified Articles of                   (BC)
     Incorporation from
     Delaware Secretary of
     State

3.   Certificate of Good
     Standing from Delaware
     Secretary of State                      (BC)

4.   Certificate of Authority
     from New Hampshire
     Secretary of State and
     other states (if
     applicable)                             (BC)

                                        23

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

5.  UCC-11 Search Results                     (CLRM)

           -  New Hampshire SOS
           -  Hudson, NH Town Clerk

6. Collateral Lists                           (BO)

           - Accounts Receivable
           - Inventory
           - Machinery, Equipment, and Fixtures 
           - List of Titled Vehicles with Certificates of Title 
           - List of registered trademarks 
           - List of applied for, pending, and issued 
             patents (foreign and domestic) 
           - Material license, supply, and requirements agreements

7.   Insurance Certificates                    (BO)
     for Borrower (On ACCORD
     Forms, including
     property, casualty and
     extended coverage,
     comprehensive general
     liability, products
     liability, worker's
     compensation, and
     directors and officers
     liability) with Bank,
     successors and assigns
     named as loss payee

8. Real Estate Leases                          (BO)

9. Legal Opinion of Borrower's Counsel         (BC)

II.   GUARANTOR DUE DILIGENCE

10.  Secretary's Certificate
     Re: Directors' Guaranty
     Resolutions for RLOC;
     Bylaws; and Officers' and
     Directors' Incumbency                     (BC)

11.  Certified Articles of                     (BC)
     Incorporation from
     Arizona Secretary of
     State

12.  Certificate of Good
     Standing from Arizona
     Secretary of State                        (BC)

                                          24

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

13.  Certificate of Authority
     from other states (if
     applicable)                               (BC)

14.  UCC-11 Search Results NH                  (BC)
     Secretary of State
     Hudson, NH

15.  Collateral Lists                          (BO)

           -  Accounts Receivable
           -  Inventory
           -  Machinery, Equipment, and Fixtures
           -  List of Titled Vehicles with Certificates of Title
           -  List of registered trademarks - List of
              applied for, pending, and issued
              patents (foreign and domestic)
           -  Material license, supply, and requirements
              agreements

16.  Insurance Certificates                    (BO)
     for Guarantor (On ACCORD
     Forms, including
     property, casualty and
     extended coverage,
     comprehensive general
     liability, products
     liability, worker's
     compensation, and
     directors and officers
     liability) with Bank,
     successors and assigns
     named as loss payee

17.  Real Estate Leases                        (BO)

18.  Legal Opinion of Guarantor's Counsel      (BC)

19.  Copy of Purchase and Sale Agreement       (BC)
     for Guarantor

III. LOAN DOCUMENTS

20.  Loan Agreement                           (CLRM)

21.  Revolving Line of Credit Note            (CLRM)

                                        25
<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

22.  Guaranty Agreement                        (CLRM)

23.  Borrower Security Agreement               (CLRM)

24.  Guarantor Security Agreement              (CLRM)

25.  Borrower UCC-1 Financing Statements

     New Hampshire SOS                         (CLRM)
     Hudson, NH Town Clerk                     (CLRM)

26.  Guarantor UCC-1 Financing Statements
     Arizona SOS                               (CLRM)

27.  Borrower Collateral Assignment of
Leasehold Rights and Landlord's Consent        (CLRM)
(if applicable)

28. Guarantor Collateral Assignment of
Leasehold Rights and Landlord's Consent        (CLRM)
(if applicable)

29. Negative Pledge of Applied For,            (CLRM)
Pending, and Issued Patent

30. Applications for Certificates of Title     (BANK)
for Motor Vehicles with Bank named as
Lien Holder

31.    RSA 399-B Disclosure Statement          (CLRM)

              -----------------------------------------------------


     Key:

                Bank:   Citizens Bank New Hampshire  ("BANK")
                        One Trafalger Square
                        Nashua, New Hampshire  03063
                        Attn: Dianne M. Srebnick, Assistant Vice President

            Counsel:  Cook, Little, Rosenblatt & Manson, p.l.l.c.
                      ("CLRM")
                             The Center of New Hampshire
                             650 Elm Street

                                       26

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Loan Agreement

                             Manchester, New Hampshire 03101
                             Attn: Thomas P. Manson, Esq.

                         Borrower: Presstek, Inc. ("BO")
                               8 Commercial Street
                               Hudson, New Hampshire 03051
                               Attn: Richard Williams, CFO
  
                    Counsel: Devine, Millimet & Branch ("BC")
                             111 Amherst Street, PO Box 719
                             Manchester, New Hampshire 03105
                             Attn: Karen S. McGinley, Esq.


                                       27


                    REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT PROMISSORY NOTE

$10,000,000.00 U.S.        Manchester, NH               December 18, 1996

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PRESSTEK, INC., a Delaware corporation with a principal
place of business at 8 Commercial Street, Hudson, New Hampshire 03051 (the
"Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of CITIZENS BANK NEW HAMPSHIRE, a
guaranty savings bank organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire
with an address of 875 Elm Street, Manchester, New Hampshire 03101 (the "Bank"),
at such address, or such other place or places as the holder hereof may
designate in writing from time to time hereafter, the maximum principal sum of
TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000.00), or so much thereof as may be advanced or
readvanced by the Bank to the Borrower from time to time hereafter (such amounts
defined as the "Debit Balance" below), together with interest as provided for
hereinbelow, in lawful money of the United States of America.

     The Borrower's "Debit Balance" shall mean the debit balance in an account
on the books of the Bank, maintained in the form of a ledger card, computer
records or otherwise in accordance with the Bank's customary practice and
appropriate accounting procedures wherein there shall be recorded the principal
amount of all advances made by the Bank to the Borrower, all principal payments
made by the Borrower to the Bank hereunder, and all other appropriate debits and
credits.

     Under the Revolving Line of Credit Loan evidenced by this Note (the "Line
of Credit"), the Bank agrees to lend to the Borrower, and the Borrower may
borrow, up to the maximum principal sum provided for in this Note, all in
accordance with and subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations of this
Note and the Loan Agreement of even date herewith by and between the Borrower
and the Bank, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Loan
Agreement"). The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and
rights of the Bank under the Loan Agreement. However, neither this reference to
the Loan Agreement nor any provision thereof shall impair the absolute and
unconditional obligation of the Borrower to pay the principal and interest of
this Note as herein provided. Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.

     The Borrower shall make requests for advances under this Note as provided
in the Loan Agreement. The Borrower agrees that the Bank may make all advances
under this Note by direct deposit to any demand account of the Borrower with the
Bank or in such other manner as may be provided in the Loan Agreement, and that
all such advances shall represent binding obligations of the Borrower.

     The Borrower acknowledges that this Note is to evidence the Borrower's
obligation to pay its Debit Balance, plus interest and any other applicable
charges as determined from time to time, and that it shall continue to do so
despite the occurrence of intervals when no Debit Balance exists because the
Borrower has paid the previously existing Debit Balance in full.


<PAGE>


     Interest shall be calculated and charged daily, based on the actual days
elapsed over a three hundred sixty (360) day banking year, on the unpaid
principal balance outstanding from time to time of each Advance at a fixed rate
for the Advance Term applicable to such Advance equal to the LIBOR rate plus one
and three-quarters percent (1.75%) per annum. The term "LIBOR rate" shall mean
the rate as determined for each separate Advance by the BANK in accordance with
the provisions of the Loan Agreement. Subject to the terms of Loan Agreement,
outstanding principal which is not subject to an interest rate hereunder based
upon the LIBOR rate shall bear interest at a variable annual rate equal to the
Prime Rate (as hereinafter defined). As used herein, the term "Prime Rate" shall
mean the rate published by The Wall Street Journal from time to time under the
category "Prime Rate: The Base Rate of Corporate Loans posted by at least 75% of
the Nation's 30 Largest Banks" (the lowest of the rates so published if more
than one rate is published under this category at any given time) or such other
comparable index rate selected by the Bank in its sole discretion if The Wall
Street Journal ceases to publish such rate. The Borrower acknowledges that the
Prime Rate is used for reference purposes only as an index and is not
necessarily the lowest interest rate charged by the Bank on commercial loans.
Each time the Prime Rate changes the interest rate applicable to outstanding
principal hereunder which is subject to the Prime Rate shall change
contemporaneously with such change in the Prime Rate. Interest shall be
calculated and charged daily on the basis of actual days elapsed over a three
hundred sixty (360) day banking year.

     The Bank shall extend the Line of Credit through and until July 31, 1997,
and, if the Line of Credit is renewed and extended by the Bank pursuant to the
Loan Agreement, through and until each anniversary of such date with respect to
which the Line of Credit is renewed and extended (July 31, 1997, and each
anniversary thereof to which the Line of Credit is renewed and extended, being a
"Review Date"). Pending a Review Date as to which the Line of Credit is not
extended, the Borrower shall (i) make payments of outstanding principal from
time to time as may be required under the Loan Agreement and (ii) make payments
of accrued and unpaid interest monthly in arrears commencing thirty (30) days
from the date hereof (or on any day within 30 days of the date hereof agreed to
by the Borrower and the Bank to provide for a convenient payment date) and
continuing on the same date of each month thereafter, through and until any
Review Date as to which the Line of Credit is not renewed by the Bank, whereupon
all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and any other charges provided for
hereunder, shall be due and payable in full. In the event that the Line of
Credit is renewed pursuant to the Loan Agreement as of any Review Date, this
Note shall thereafter continue to evidence amounts advanced and due under the
Line of Credit as renewed. Prepayments of the outstanding principal amount of
any Advance prior to the end of the Advance Term therefor shall be subject to
prepayment charges and costs as

                                       2
<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Note

determined under the Loan Agreement.

     This Note is being executed and delivered in accordance with the terms of
the Loan Agreement and the documents defined therein as the "Loan Documents".
The payment and performance of the obligations contained in the Loan Documents
are secured by the collateral granted to the Bank therein (the "Collateral") and
the security granted to the Bank in the Loan Documents.

     Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default
specified in the Loan Agreement, or if any payment of principal or interest
under this Note is not paid within ten (10) days of the due date therefor, the
principal hereof and all interest accrued and accruing hereon may be declared to
be forthwith due and payable.

     The holder may impose upon the Borrower a delinquency charge of the greater
of Thirty Five Dollars ($35.00) or five percent (5%) of the amount of interest
not paid on or before the tenth (10th) day after such installment is due. The
entire principal balance of each Advance, together with accrued interest, shall
after maturity, whether by demand, acceleration or otherwise, bear interest at
the then applicable interest rate for such Advance hereunder plus five percent
(5%) per annum.

     The Borrower agrees that any other property upon or in which the Borrower
has granted or hereafter grants the holder a mortgage or security interest,
securing the payment and performance of any other liability of the Borrower to
the holder, shall also constitute Collateral. As additional Collateral, the
Borrower grants (1) a security interest in, or pledges, assigns and delivers to
the holder, as appropriate, all deposits, credits and other property now or
hereafter due from the holder to the Borrower; and (2) the right to set off and
apply (and a security interest in said right), upon an Event of Default and
without demand or notice of any nature, all, or any portion, of such deposits,
credits and other property, against the indebtedness evidenced by this Note
whether the other Collateral, if any, is deemed adequate or not.

     The Borrower, and every maker, endorser, or guarantor of this Note, jointly
and severally, agree to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs of
collection hereof, including reasonable attorneys' fees, whether or not any
foreclosure or other action is instituted by the holder in its discretion.

     No delay or omission on the part of the holder in exercising any right,
privilege or remedy shall impair such right, privilege or remedy or be construed
as a waiver thereof or of

                                       3

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Note

any other right, privilege or remedy. No waiver of any right, privilege or
remedy or any amendment to this Note shall be effective unless made in writing
and signed by the holder. Under no circumstances shall an effective waiver of
any right, privilege or remedy on any one occasion constitute or be construed as
a bar to the exercise of or a waiver of such right, privilege or remedy on any
future occasion.

     The acceptance by the holder hereof of any payment after any default
hereunder shall not operate to extend the time of payment of any amount then
remaining unpaid hereunder or constitute a waiver of any rights of the holder
hereof under this Note.

     All rights and remedies of the holder, whether granted herein or otherwise,
shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently, and the
holder shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the rights and
remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of New Hampshire.
The holder shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of the
Collateral or of any income thereon, or as to the preservation of any rights
pertaining thereto beyond the safe custody thereof. Surrender of this Note, upon
payment or otherwise, shall not affect the right of the holder to retain the
Collateral as security for the payment and performance of any other liability of
the Borrower to the holder.

     The Borrower, and every maker, endorser, or guarantor of this Note, hereby
jointly waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, presentment, notice,
protest and all other demands and notices and assents (1) to any extension of
the time of payment or any other indulgence, (2) to any substitution, exchange
or release of Collateral, and (3) to the release of any other person primarily
or secondarily liable for the obligations evidenced hereby.

     This Note and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon the Borrower and
the Borrower's heirs, administrators, executors, successors, legal
representatives and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the holder, the
holder's heirs, administrators, executors, successors, legal representatives and
assigns.

     The word "holder" as used herein shall mean the payee or endorsee of this
Note who is in possession of it, or the bearer, if this Note is at the time
payable to the bearer.

     This Note may not be amended, changed or modified in any respect except by
a written document which has been executed by each party. This Note constitutes
a New Hampshire contract to be governed by the laws of such state and to be paid
and performed therein.

                                       4

<PAGE>


Citizens Bank NH/Presstek, Inc. Note



     The provisions of this Note are expressly subject to the condition that in
no event shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to the holder hereunder and
deemed interest under applicable law exceed the maximum rate of interest on the
unpaid principal balance hereunder allowed by applicable law, if any, (the
"Maximum Allowable Rate"), which shall mean the law in effect on the date
hereof, except that if there is a change in such law which results in a higher
Maximum Allowable Rate being applicable to this Note, then this Note shall be
governed by such amended law from and after its effective date. In the event
that fulfillment of any provisions of this Note results in the interest rate
hereunder being in excess of the Maximum Allowable Rate, the obligation to be
fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to eliminate such excess. If
notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder receives an amount which under
applicable law would cause the interest rate hereunder to exceed the Maximum
Allowable Rate, the portion thereof which would be excessive shall automatically
be applied to and deemed a prepayment of the unpaid principal balance hereunder
and not a payment of interest.

     Executed and delivered this 18th day of December, 1996.

                                        PRESSTEK, INC.

/s/ Tom Manson                                 By: /s/ Robert E. Verrando
- -------------------------                      -------------------------------
Witness                                        Robert E. Verrando, President

                                       5


                              List of Subsidiaries

         Name                                     Jurisdiction of Incorporation
         ----                                     -----------------------------

Catalina Coatings, Inc.                                       Arizona



                             CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                          CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Presstek, Inc.
Hudson, New Hampshire

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the respective
Prospectuses constituting part of the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (Nos.
33-80466, 33-61215 and 33-39337) and on Forms S-3 (Nos. 333-2299 and 33-48342),
of our report dated February 21, 1997 (except for Note 11 as to which the date
is March 26, 1997), relating to the financial statements and schedule of
Presstek, Inc. appearing in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 28, 1996.

We also consent to the references to us under the caption "Experts" in the
Prospectuses.

/s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

New York, New York
March 27, 1997



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No.
33-80466, No. 33-61215 and No. 33-39337 of Presstek, Inc. on Forms S-8 and in
Registration Statements No. 33-48342 and No. 333-2299 of Presstek, Inc. on Form
S-3 of our report dated March 15, 1995, appearing in this Annual Report on Form
10-K of Presstek, Inc. for the year ended December 28, 1996.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Bedford, New Hampshire
March 26, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> 
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
FORM 10-K FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 28, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS 
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>           12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                       DEC-28-1996
<PERIOD-END>                            DEC-28-1996
<CASH>                                    3,530,866
<SECURITIES>                              6,602,854
<RECEIVABLES>                            17,489,871
<ALLOWANCES>                                183,851
<INVENTORY>                              12,264,794
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                         40,559,821
<PP&E>                                   23,947,886
<DEPRECIATION>                            4,230,674
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                           68,823,096
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                    11,176,470
<BONDS>                                           0
                             0
                                       0
<COMMON>                                    153,923
<OTHER-SE>                               57,288,599
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>             68,823,096
<SALES>                                  33,569,400
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                         48,627,569
<CGS>                                    21,825,697
<TOTAL-COSTS>                            21,825,697
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          8,894,420
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                  0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                          11,121,289
<INCOME-TAX>                              4,000,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                       7,121,289
<DISCONTINUED>                                    0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                   0
<CHANGES>                                         0
<NET-INCOME>                              7,121,289
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   .43
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   .43
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission